WO2017221008A1 - Compounds - Google Patents

Compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017221008A1
WO2017221008A1 PCT/GB2017/051815 GB2017051815W WO2017221008A1 WO 2017221008 A1 WO2017221008 A1 WO 2017221008A1 GB 2017051815 W GB2017051815 W GB 2017051815W WO 2017221008 A1 WO2017221008 A1 WO 2017221008A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
heterocyclyl
carbocyclyl
mmol
compound according
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2017/051815
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Clive Mccarthy
Jonathan David HARGRAVE
Duncan Alexander HAY
Thomas Beauregard SCHOFIELD
Naomi WENT
Original Assignee
Enterprise Therapeutics Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Enterprise Therapeutics Limited filed Critical Enterprise Therapeutics Limited
Priority to US16/312,158 priority Critical patent/US10759785B2/en
Priority to EP17734416.5A priority patent/EP3472154B1/en
Priority to JP2019520504A priority patent/JP7012078B2/en
Publication of WO2017221008A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017221008A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel compounds which have activity as inhibitors of the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC).
  • ENaC epithelial sodium channel
  • the invention also relates to the use of these compounds in treating diseases and conditions modulated by ENaC, particularly respiratory diseases and conditions, dry eye disease, atopic dermatitis and psoriasis.
  • the invention also relates to methods of preparing the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. Humans can inhale up to 12,000 L of air each day and with it comes the potential for airborne pathogens (bacteria, viruses, fungal spores). To protect against these airborne pathogens, the lung has evolved innate defence mechanisms to minimise the potential for infection and colonisation of the airways.
  • mucus clearance system whereby secreted mucus is propelled up and out of the airways by the coordinated beating of cilia together with cough clearance. This ongoing 'cleansing' of the lung constantly removes inhaled particles and microbes thereby reducing the risk of infection.
  • the hydration of the mucus gel is critical to enable mucus clearance (Boucher 2007; Matsui et al, 1998).
  • the mucus gel In a normal, healthy airway, the mucus gel is typically 97% water and 3% solids under which conditions the mucus is cleared by mucociliary action.
  • the hydration of the airway mucosa is regulated by the coordinated activity of a number of ion channels and transporters.
  • CI " / HCO3 " The balance of anion (CI " / HCO3 " ) secretion mediated via the Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator (CFTR) and the Calcium Activated Chloride Conductance (CaCC; TMEM16A) and Na + absorption through the epithelial Na + channel (ENaC) determine the hydration status of the airway mucosa.
  • CFTR Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator
  • CaCC Calcium Activated Chloride Conductance
  • ENaC epithelial Na + channel
  • the % solids of the mucus gel is increased as the hydration is reduced and mucus clearance is reduced
  • cystic fibrosis an increase in ENaC activity has been reported by several groups (Knowles et al, 1983; Middleton et al, 1993) and this increase in ENaC function has been shown to correlate with disease severity (Fajac et al, 2004; Leal et al, 2008).
  • ENaC is expressed in renal, colonic, corneal, sweat duct and respiratory epithelia where it forms a low conductance channel ( ⁇ 4 pS) with a selectivity for Na + over K + of approximately 10-fold (Kellenberger 2002).
  • Loss and gain of function mutations in the channel can cause human disease including pseudohypoaldosteronism type 1 (PHA1), a salt wasting disease (Chang et al, 1996), and Liddle's syndrome, a disease associated with salt retention and hypertension (Botero-Velez et al, 1994).
  • PHA1 pseudohypoaldosteronism type 1
  • ENaC a salt wasting disease
  • Liddle's syndrome a disease associated with salt retention and hypertension
  • ENaC is expressed in the cortical collecting duct of the kidney epithelium and blockade of the channel here can lead to a systemic accumulation of K + .
  • an inhaled ENaC blocker avoids renal exposure following absorption from the lung. This could be achieved through either a high lung retention of ENaC blocker therefore enabling only a low dose to be administered or through the design of a compound that will be rapidly broken down before it reaches the kidney.
  • ENaC is also expressed by the ocular epithelium and is implicated in controlling the hydration status of the eye. Analogous to its function in the respiratory epithelium, ENaC is proposed as an absorptive pathway in the corneal/conjunctival epithelium. Thus, inhibition of ENaC is expected to produce an increase in tear volume and ocular hydration.
  • Dry eye (keratoconjunctivitus sicca) is a common disorder, associated with numerous medical conditions includiung Sjorgen's syndrome, lupus and allergic conjunctivitis, and is characterised by the production of an inadequate quantity or quality of tears. Studies in pre-clinical models suggest ENaC blockers represent a novel pharmacological approach to the treatment of chronic dry eye (Thelin et al, 2012).
  • ENaC has also been implicated in controlling the hydration and barrier function of skin, offering a novel approach to the treatment of diseases where these are compromised such as atopic dermatitis and psoriasis (Fratechi et al, 2010).
  • WO 201 1/079087 relates to compounds of the formula:
  • WO 2015/007516, WO 2015/007517 and WO 2015/007519 all relate to compounds of the formula:
  • the compounds described in these documents all contain a 3,5-diaminopyrazine group and this group is also a structural feature of the ENaC inhibitors disclosed in numerous other documents including WO2013/0664450, WO2013/092674, WO2014/044849, WO 2014/177469, WO 2015/003958, WO2015/018754, WO 201 1/028740, WO 2007/071396, WO 2007/071400, WO 2008/135557, WO 2009/074575, WO 2009/138378, WO 2009/150137 and WO 2012/035158.
  • a number of other prior art documents mention the possibility of an alternative substituent at the 5-position of the pyrazine ring.
  • WO 2011/113894 relates to compounds which are said to be of use for treating inflammatory or obstructive diseases of the airways or for promoting mucosal hydration.
  • the compounds are of the formula:
  • A is N or CR 4a and R 2 is haloalkyl. None of the compounds exemplified in this document contain a benzodiazole moiety.
  • WO 2017/028926 relates to ENaC inhibitin compounds of the formula:
  • WO 2017/028927 relates to ENaC inhibiting compounds of the formula:
  • the present inventors have further compounds which lack an amino substituent at the 5-position of the pyrazine ring but which retain ENaC blocking activity. Furthermore, some of these compounds have the advantage of more rapid metabolism than the equivalent 3,5-diaminopyrazine compounds, meaning that if they are administered directly to the airways and lungs, they may be substantially metabolised before they reach the kidneys or the colon, thus minimising side effects of the therapy.
  • X " is an anion
  • R 1 is:
  • ii. C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -0(Ci-e alkyl), -C C2-6 alkenyl) or -C C2-6 alkynyl) any of which is optionally substituted by one or more halo substituents; or iii -L 1 R 11 , -0-L 1 R 11 , -OR 5 , -SO2R 5 , -C(0)OR 5 , -C(0)NR 5 R 6 or -C( NR 7 )NR 5 R 6 ;
  • L 1 is C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene or C2-6 alkynylene;
  • each R 7 , R 8 and R 9 is independently selected from H or C1-4 alkyl
  • each R 5 and R 6 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C3-8 heterocyclyl, any of which is optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from halo, OR 7 , C(0)OR 7 , -NR 7 R 8 , C(0)NR 7 R 8 or, in the case of cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups, oxo; or iv. -L 2 -R 12 wherein
  • Z12 is C1-12 alkylene, C2-12 alkenylene or C2-12 alkynylene;
  • is C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene or C2-6 alkynylene and alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene groups are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from NR 8 R 9 , C(0)NR 8 R 9 , OH or halo, wherein R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined above;
  • R 12 is -NR 14 R 15 or -G-R 14 ;
  • each of R 14 and R 15 is independently C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more OH groups; and G is a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more OH groups and containing at least one nitrogen atom which is connected by a covalent bond to the group R 14 ; -L 3 -R 13 , wherein
  • R 2 is C1-10 alkyl, wherein one or more -CH2- groups is optionally replaced by -O- and which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, aryl, heteroaryl, -OR 7 and -NR 7 R 8 , wherein R 7 and R 8 are as defined above;
  • R 3 is H, halo, cyano, C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, or -S(Ci-3 alkyl);
  • R 10 is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, -OR 7 and -NR 7 R 8 , wherein R 7 and R 8 are as defined above; provided that
  • R 1 is not C(0)NR 5 R 6 , wherein at least one of R 5 and R 6 is Ci -6 alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH and NR 7 R 8 , where R 7 and R 8 are each independently H or methyl; and
  • R 1 is not L 2 R 12 where L 2 is C(0)heterocyclyl and R 12 is N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • the anion X " can have any negative charge and will be balanced by the appropriate number of cations.
  • a compound of general formula (I) in which X " is an anion having a single negative charge will have a 1 : 1 ratio of cation:anion whereas if the anion X " has a charge of -2, the ratio of cation:anion in the compound of general formula (I) will be 2: 1.
  • the anion X " is suitably a pharmacologically acceptable anion, although other anions may also be useful, particularly in synthetic precursors to the compounds of general formula (I).
  • Suitable anions, X " include halide, hydroxide, sulfate, nitrate, phosphate, formate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, fumarate, citrate, tartrate, oxalate, succinate, mandelate, methane sulfonate and p-toluene sulfonate.
  • CW alkyl refers to a straight or branched fully saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the term encompasses methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and t-butyl.
  • Other alkyl groups for example C1-4 alkyl are as defined above but contain different numbers of carbon atoms.
  • C2-6 alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Examples include ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, hex-2-enyl etc.
  • Other alkylene groups, for example C1-3 alkylene are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 1 to 3) carbon atoms.
  • C2-6 alkynyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples include ethynyl, prop-1-ynyl, hex-2-ynyl etc.
  • Other alkenylene groups, for example C2-3 alkylene are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 2 to 3) carbon atoms.
  • C1-6 alkylene refers to a straight or branched fully saturated hydrocarbon chain having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkylene groups include -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, CH(CH 3 )-CH 2 -, CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 )- and CH2CH(CH2CH3)CH2-.
  • Other alkylene groups, for example C1-3 alkylene are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 1 to 3) carbon atoms.
  • C2-6 alkenylene refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • Other alkenylene groups, for example C2- 3 alkenylene, are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 2 to 3) carbon atoms.
  • C2-6 alkynylene refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • alkenylene groups include -C ⁇ C-, -CH 2 C ⁇ C-, -C ⁇ C-CH 2 -, CH 2 CH 2 C ⁇ C-, CH 2 C ⁇ CCH 2 - and -CH2CH ⁇ C-CH2CH2-.)-.
  • Other alkynylene groups, for example C2- 3 alkynylene, are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 2 to 3) carbon atoms.
  • carbocyclic and “carbocyclyl” refer to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring system containing from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms, unless otherwise indicated, and optionally one or more double bond.
  • the carbocyclic group may be a single ring or may contain two or three rings which may be fused or bridged. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl.
  • heterocyclic and “heterocyclyl” refer to a non-aromatic ring system containing 3 to 10 ring atoms including at least one heteroatom selected from N, O and S.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a single ring or may contain two or three rings which may be fused or bridged. Examples include tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroypranyl, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl and thiomorpholinyl.
  • aryl and aromatic in the context of the present specification refer to a ring system with aromatic character having from 5 to 14 ring carbon atoms and containing up to three rings. Where an aryl group contains more than one ring, not all rings must be fully aromatic in character. Examples of aromatic moieties are benzene, naphthalene, fluorene, indane and indene.
  • heteroaryl and heteromatic in the context of the specification refer to a ring system with aromatic character having from 5 to 14 ring atoms, at least one of which is a heteroatom selected from N, O and S, and containing up to three rings. Where a heteroaryl group contains more than one ring, not all rings must be fully aromatic in character. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridine, pyrimidine, indole, benzofuran, benzimidazole and indolene.
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine and the term “halo” to fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo groups.
  • halide refers to fluoride, chloride, bromide or iodide.
  • Ci-e haloalkyl refers to a Ci-e alkyl group as defined above in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms is replaced by a halo group. Any number of hydrogen atoms may be replaced, up to perhalo substitution. Examples include trifluoromethyl, chloroethyl and 1 , 1-difluoroethyl.
  • isotopic variant refers to isotopically-labelled compounds which are identical to those recited in formula (I) but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number most commonly found in nature, or in which the proportion of an atom having an atomic mass or mass number found less commonly in nature has been increased (the latter concept being referred to as “isotopic enrichment”).
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, iodine and chlorine such as 2H (deuterium), 3H, 1 1C, 13C, 14C, 18F, 1231 or 1251 (e.g. 3H, 1 1 C, 14C, 18F, 1231 or 1251), which may be naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring isotopes.
  • R 2 is ethyl
  • R 3 is chloro and R 10 is ethyl
  • R 1 is not C(0)NR 5 R 6 or L 2 R 12 where L 2 is C(0)heterocyclyl and R 12 is N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • the R 1 substituent is suitably at the 5- or the 6- position and thus the compound of general formula (I) can be a compound of general formula (IC):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 10 and X " are as defined for general formula (I); or a compound of general formula (ID):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 10 and X " are as defined for general formula (I).
  • Compounds of general formula (IC) are particularly suitable.
  • R 1 is:
  • Ci-e alkyl C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -0(Ci-e alkyl), -0(C2-e alkenyl) or -0(C2-e alkynyl), any of which is optionally substituted by one or more halo substituents.
  • R 1 is H, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 haloalkoxy.
  • R 1 groups include H, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
  • L 1 is C1-6 alkylene, more suitably C1-4 alkylene.
  • L 1 is -(Chb where n is 1 to 6. In some suitable compounds where R 1 is -0-L 1 -R 11 , L 1 is -(CH2) m -, where m is 1 to 5.
  • L 1 and OL 1 groups include -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2, -CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2-, -O-CH2-, -O-CH2-CH2- and -O-CH2-CH2- CH 2 -.
  • R 7 is H
  • each R 8 is independently H or Ci -4 alkyl
  • R 9 is H.
  • R 11 is -NR 7 -C(0)-(Ci- 3 alkylene)-N + (R 8 ) 3
  • the C1.3 alkylene group is suitably -CH 2 - or -CH2-CH2-, particularly -CH 2 -.
  • R 5 and R 6 groups include H and C1-6 alkyl.
  • suitable R 5 and R 6 groups include H and C1-6 alkyl.
  • R 5 is not H as these compounds may be unstable. Therefore, when R 1 is -S0 2 R 5 , suitably R 5 is C1-6 alkyl.
  • R 6 when present may be H and R 5 may be a cyclic group, for example a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an oxo, for example a lactone such as gamma-butyrolactone, tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolidine, piperidine or piperazine group.
  • R 5 may be a cyclic group, for example a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an oxo, for example a lactone such as gamma-butyrolactone, tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolidine, piperidine or piperazine group.
  • R 1 is -L 2 -R 12 wherein L 2 and R 12 are as defined above.
  • L 2 is -L 2 -R 12 wherein L 2 and R 12 are as defined above.
  • L 2 is -L 2 -R 12 wherein L 2 and R 12 are as defined above.
  • R 7 is H
  • carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl groups are 5- or 6-membered rings, suitably 6- membered rings;
  • the aryl group is phenyl
  • heteroaryl groups are 5- or 6-membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl groups;
  • Z12 and ZQ are alkylene groups optionally substituted as described above. More suitably in the linker L 2 , independently or in any combination:
  • R 7 is H
  • heterocyclyl groups are piperidinyl groups
  • the heteroaryl group is: where a is the link to the remainder of the molecule and b is the link to R 12 .
  • a is the link to the remainder of the molecule and b is the link to R 12 .
  • more suitable substituents include -N H 2 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -C(0)N H 2 , -C(0)N (CH 3 ) 2 , OH and halo.
  • More suitable substituents include -N H 2 , -C(0)N H 2 , OH and halo.
  • the linker L 2 is suitably
  • linker L 2 is:
  • Z12 and Ze groups are optionally substituted as described above.
  • suitable R 7 , Z12, Ze, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are as defined above.
  • L 2 linkers examples include:
  • R 12 is -NR 14 R 15 or -G-R 14 where G is a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more OH groups and containing at least one nitrogen atom which is connected by a covalent bond to the group
  • piperidinyl for example:
  • each of R 14 and R 15 is independently C 4 -s alkyl optionally substituted with one or more OH groups.
  • R 14 and optionally R 15 comprises two or more OH groups or three or more OH groups.
  • R 14 and/or R 15 when R 14 and/or R 15 is C 4 alkyl it will have three OH substituents; when R 14 and/or R 15 is Cs alkyl it will have four OH substituents; when R 14 and/or R 15 is C6 alkyl it will have five OH substituents; when R 14 and/or R 15 is C 7 alkyl it will have six OH substituents; and when R 14 and/or R 15 is Cs alkyl it will have seven OH substituents.
  • both R 14 and R 15 comprise a plurality of OH groups as discussed above.
  • R 14 and R 15 when R 12 is -NR 14 R 15 , one of R 14 and R 15 has one or more OH substituents, suitably two or more OH groups, and the other of when R 14 and R 15 is unsubstituted. In other compounds both R 14 and R 15 contain one or more OH substituents.
  • R 1 is -L 3 -R 13 , wherein L 3 and R 13 are as defined above.
  • L 3 comprises a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally linked to an aryl heteroaryl group.
  • both the carbocyclic or heterocyclic group and the aryl heteroaryl group will be 5- or 6-membered rings.
  • L 3 comprises a heterocyclic group, especially a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally linked to an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  • suitable nitrogen containing heterocyclic groups include piperidine, piperazine and pyrrolidine, more suitably piperazine and piperidine and particularly piperidine.
  • the R 13 group is suitably attached to the nitrogen at the 1 -position and the piperidine or piperazine ring is linked via the 4-position to the remainder of the molecule or (when present) to the aryl group which comprises the remainder of the L 3 linker.
  • heterocylic group When the heterocylic group is piperazine linked via the 4-position to a heteroaryl group, it will be linked to a carbon atom of the heteroaryl group.
  • heterocyclic group When the heterocyclic group is piperidine linked to a heteroaryl group, it can be linked to a carbon or a nitrogen atom of the heteroaryl group.
  • an aryl or heteroaryl group which forms a part of the L 3 linker is a heteroaryl group, typically a nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group for example pyrazole, imidazole, pyrrole, pyridine or pyrazine.
  • L 3 linkers examples include
  • a is the link to the remainder of the molecule and b is the link to R 13 .
  • R 13 is H.
  • R 13 is -SO2R 5
  • R 5 is not H as these compounds may be unstable. Therefore, when R 13 is -SO2R 5 , suitably R 5 is C1-6 alkyl.
  • R 6 when present may be H and R 5 may be a cyclic group, for example a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an oxo, for example a lactone such as gamma-butyrolactone, tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolidine, piperidine or piperazine group.
  • R 5 may be a cyclic group, for example a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an oxo, for example a lactone such as gamma-butyrolactone, tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolidine, piperidine or piperazine group.
  • R 2 is C1-10 alkyl in which one or more -CH2- groups is optionally replaced by -O- and which is optionally substituted as defined above.
  • R 2 is -(CH2) S CH3 or (CI-bCI-bC t-H, either of which is optionally substituted as defined above; and wherein s is 0-9, more suitably 0-6; and t is 1-3, especially 2 or 3.
  • R 2 More suitable substituents for R 2 include OR 6 , halo, NR 6 R 7 , phenyl or pyridyl, where R 6 and R 7 are as defined above. Particularly suitable substuents for R 2 include OH, methoxy, ethoxy, halo, NH2, phenyl or pyridyl, particularly OH, phenyl or pyridyl.
  • R 2 is -(CH2) S CH3 and is optionally substituted with a single substituent as defined above.
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, benzyl, pyridylmethyl, -CH2OH, -CH2NH2, -CH2CH2OH or CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 .
  • R 2 is -CH2CH2OCH2CH2OH or -CH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH2CH2OH
  • R 3 is halo, cyano or methyl, ethyl, thiomethyl or thioethyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more halo substituents.
  • R 3 is fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl or thiomethyl.
  • R 3 is chloro, bromo, methyl or thiomethyl.
  • R 10 is suitably H or Ci -6 alky) optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, -OR 6 and -NR 6 R 7 , wherein R 6 and R 7 are as defined above.
  • R 10 is H C1-4 alkyl, or more suitably H, methyl or ethyl optionally substituted as defined above. More suitably R 10 is optionally substituted with a single substituent selected from halo, -OR 6 and -NR 6 R 7 , wherein R 6 and R 7 are as defined above.
  • R 10 is methyl, ethyl, -CH2OH, - CH2NH2, -CH 2 CH 2 OH or CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 .
  • Some particularly suitable compounds of the present invention include those shown in Table 1 below, in which the numbers refer to the numbers of the Examples below.
  • R 3 is as defined for general formula (I); with a salt of general formula (III):
  • R 1 , R 2 , Q , Q 2 and X- are as defined for general formula (I).
  • the reaction is carried out under basic conditions in the presence of a coupling reagent.
  • the basic conditions may be supplied by a non-nucleophilic base such as N,N- diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) or triethylamine.
  • DIPEA N,N- diisopropylethylamine
  • TPIPEA triethylamine
  • Suitable coupling reagents include 0-(7- Azabenzotriazol-1 -yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), O- (Benzotriazol-1-yl)-/V,/V,A/',/V'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ', ⁇ '- tetramethyl-0-(1 H-benzotriazol-1 -yl)uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) or a combination of 1 -ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC) with 1-hydroxy-7- azabenzotriazole (HOAt) or hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt).
  • HATU 0-(7- Azabenzotriazol-1 -yl)-N,N,N',N'-
  • the reaction may be conducted at a temperature of about 10 to 50°C, more usually at 15 to 30°C, or room temperature and in an organic solvent such as A/,A/-dimethylformamide.
  • R 3 is as defined for general formula (I)
  • R 2 is Ci-e alkyl or benzyl.
  • the hydrolysis is base hydrolysis such that the compound of general formula (V) is reacted with a base, suitably a strong aqueous base such as lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide.
  • a compound of general formula (V) in which R 3 is C1-3 alkyl may be prepared from a compound of general formula (V) in which R 3 is halo, for example bromo, by reaction with a suitable alkyl borane derivative in the presence of a catalyst.
  • suitable alkyl borane derivatives include trimethyl boroxine when the required R 3 group is methyl, or ethylboronic acid or a propylboronic acid when the required R 3 group is ethyl or propyl.
  • Suitable catalysts include [1 ,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(ll).
  • the reaction suitably takes place under an inert atmosphere, for example under nitrogen and at elevated temperature, for example from about 70 to 110°C and elevated pressure (e.g. in a pressure tube).
  • Suitable solvents include ethers such as dimethylether.
  • Compounds of general formula (V) in which R 3 is -CN may be prepared from compounds of general formula (V) in which R 3 is halo, for example bromo, by reaction with a suitable cyanide salt.
  • the reaction takes place in the presence of a copper (I) salt, for example copper (I) iodide and the cyanide salt is suitably copper(l) cyanide.
  • the reaction may be catalysed with a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) and may take place at elevated pressure, for example in a pressure tube, and at a temperature of about 50 to 100°C, more usually 70 to 90°C, typically about 80°C.
  • a compound of general formula (V) may be converted directly to a compound of general formula (II) with a different R 3 group.
  • a compound of general formula (V) in which R 3 is halo, for example bromo may be converted to a compound of general formula (II) in which R 3 is -S(Ci -3 alkyl) by reaction with a compound of general formula (VI):
  • R 22 is Ci -3 alkyl and Z + is a suitable cation, for example Na + or K + .
  • the reaction is suitably catalysed, for example with a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) and may take place at elevated pressure, for example in a pressure tube, and at a temperature of about 30 to 80°C, more usually 40 to 60°C, typically about 50°C.
  • a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
  • a compound of general formula (I) may be prepared by reacting a salt of general formula (III) as defined above with a compound of general formula (IV):
  • R 3 is as defined for general formula (I).
  • the reaction is conducted at a temperature of about 10 to 50°C, more usually at 15 to 30°C, or room temperature and in an organic solvent such as ⁇ , ⁇ dimethylformamide.
  • Compounds of general formula (IV) may be prepared by reacting a compound of general formula (V) as defined above with carbonyl diimidazole (CDI).
  • CDI carbonyl diimidazole
  • the reaction takes place in an organic solvent such as / ,/V-dimethylformamide and at a temperature of from about 10 to 30°C, more usually 15 to 25°C or room temperature.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 10 are as defined for general formula (I);
  • R 23 is O(Ci-e) alkyl optionally substituted with aryl, or aryl, optionally substituted with C(0)OH; and R 24 is H; or
  • the conversion to the compound of general formula (III) may be effected by reaction either with an acid, for example with hydrogen chloride solution, by an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide or with an organic base such as piperidine or morpholine.
  • the reaction is suitably carried out at about 10 to 30°C, more usually 15 to 25°C or room temperature.
  • the choice of acid or base will depend on the nature of the R 23 group.
  • R 23 groups examples include methoxy, ethoxy, "propyloxy, 'propyloxy, "butyloxy, s butyloxy, 'butyloxy, benzyloxy and fluorenylmethoxy.
  • R 23 is alkoxy
  • the conversion to the compound of general formula (III) may be carried out under acidic conditions.
  • R 23 groups, particularly fluorenylmethoxy basic conditions are more appropriate.
  • cyclic N(R 2 )C(0)R 23 groups is 1 ,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1/-/-isoindol-2-yl (phthalimidyl).
  • the compound of general formula (III) may be synthesised by reacting the compound of general formula (VII) with hydrazine hydrate.
  • this reaction is carried out in an alcoholic solvent such as methanol and at elevated temperature, for example about 60-90°C, typically about 75°C.
  • R 1 and R ° are as defined for general formula (I) and R 23 and R 24 are as defined for general formula (VII);
  • R 2a is a protected R 2 group.
  • X 1 is as defined above for general formula (IX) and R 2a is a protected R 2 group.
  • R 2 group contains one or more OH moieties, these may be protected using standard protecting groups, for example silyl protecting groups such as trimethylsilyl (TMS), 'butyldimethylsilylfTBDMS) etc.
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • 'butyldimethylsilylfTBDMS etc.
  • the compound of general formula (VIII) is suitably one in which R 23 is 0(Ci -6 ) alkyl optionally substituted with aryl, or aryl, optionally substituted with C(0)OH; and R 24 is H; because, in this case, the silyl and carbonyloxy protecting groups can be removed using an acid such as hydrogen chloride solution.
  • Some compounds of general formula (VIII) may be synthesised from other compounds of general formula (VIII).
  • a compound of general formula (VIII) in which R 1 is C(0)OR 5 , where R 5 is other than H may be converted to a compound of general formula (VIII) in which R 1 is C(0)OH by hydrolysis, for example with a base, suitably an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide.
  • the compound in which R 1 is C(0)OH may then be converted to a compound in which R 1 is C(0)OR 5 , where R 5 is other than H by reaction with a compound of general formula (X):
  • R 5 is as defined for general formula (I) except that it is not H and R 25 is Ci -4 alkyl.
  • Compounds of general formula (VIII) can also be converted to other compounds of general formula (VIII) with a different R 23 and/or R 24 groups.
  • R 23 is 0(Ci -6 ) alkyl optionally substituted with aryl, or aryl, optionally substituted with C(0)OH; and R 24 is H
  • the compound of general formula (VIII) may be hydrolysed, for example by reaction with HCI in a solvent such as dioxane, to give a compound of general formula (XI):
  • R and R 10 are as defined in general formula (I).
  • the compound of general formula (X) may be re-protected to obtain a new compound of general formula (VIII), for example by reaction with a compound of general formula (XII):
  • R 23 is as defined above for general formula (VII).
  • the reaction may be conducted in the presence of a base such as trimethylamine in a polar organic solvent, for example dichloromethane and at a temperature of from 10 to 30°C, more usually 15 to 25°C, typically at room temperature.
  • a base such as trimethylamine
  • a polar organic solvent for example dichloromethane
  • R and R 10 are as defined for general formula (I);
  • R 23 is as defined above for general formula (VII).
  • the reaction suitably takes place in the presence of a base, typically a non-nucleophilic base, for example an amine such as /V,/V-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) or triethylamine and a peptide coupling agent, for example HATU, TBTU, HBTU or a combination EDC with HOAt or HOBt.
  • a base typically a non-nucleophilic base
  • DIPEA /V,/V-diisopropylethylamine
  • a peptide coupling agent for example HATU, TBTU, HBTU or a combination EDC with HOAt or HOBt.
  • the reaction is suitably conducted at a temperature of about 10 to 30°C, usually 15 to 25°C, for example at room temperature.
  • Suitable reaction solvents include organic solvents such as ⁇ /,/V-dimethylformamide (DMF).
  • DMF ⁇ /,/V-di
  • R 1 and R 10 are as defined for general formula (I);
  • catalytic hydrogenation suitably using a palladium catalyst.
  • the hydrogenation is suitably carried out at 1 atmosphere pressure and at a temperature of about 10 to 30°C, usually 15 to 25°C, for example at room temperature.
  • the product of general formula (XIII) can be reacted directly with a compound of general formula (XIV) as described above without further isolation or purification steps.
  • R 1 is as defined for general formula (I) and X 2 is a leaving group, particularly a halo group such as chloro;
  • the reaction is suitably carried out under pressure, at a temperature of about 30-70°C, more usually about 40-60°C, typically about 50°C and in an organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.
  • the compound of general formula (I) is for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition mediated by ENaC.
  • the invention further provides:
  • a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of general formula (I).
  • a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of skin conditions and ocular conditions the method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of general formula (I).
  • Respiratory diseases and conditions which may be treated by the compounds of general formula (I) include cystic fibrosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, bronchiectasis, including non-cystic fibrosis bronchiectasis, and asthma.
  • Skin conditions which may be treated by the compounds of the present invention include psoriasis, atopic dermatitis and ichthyosis.
  • Ocular conditions which may be treated by the compounds of the present invention included dry eye disease (keratoconjunctivitus sicca).
  • the patient to be treated is suitably a mammal and more suitably a human.
  • the compounds of general formula (I) may be administered in a pharmaceutical composition and therefore in a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of general formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of general formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Other pharmacologically active materials may also be present, as considered appropriate or advisable for the disease or condition being treated or prevented.
  • the carrier, or, if more than one be present, each of the carriers, must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient.
  • formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, bronchial (inhaled), topical (including dermal, transdermal, eye drops, buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) administration and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • compositions for bronchial administration by inhalation are preferred as they particularly suitable for the treatment of respiratory conditions.
  • Topical formulations for administration as eye drops are also preferred and are particularly suitable for the treatment of dry eye disease.
  • Topical formulations for application to the skin are also preferred and are particularly suitable for the treatment of skin conditions such as psoriasis, atopic dermatitis and ichthyosis.
  • the composition may be prepared by bringing into association the above defined active agent with the excipient.
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active agent with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then if necessary shaping the product.
  • the invention extends to methods for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising bringing a compound of general formula (I) in conjunction or association with a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable carrier or vehicle.
  • Formulations for oral administration in the present invention may be presented as: discrete units such as capsules, sachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active agent; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension of the active agent in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water in oil liquid emulsion; or as a bolus etc.
  • the term "acceptable carrier" includes vehicles such as common excipients e.g.
  • binding agents for example syrup, acacia, gelatin, sorbitol, tragacanth, polyvinylpyrrolidone (Povidone), methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sucrose and starch; fillers and carriers, for example corn starch, gelatin, lactose, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, dicalcium phosphate, sodium chloride and alginic acid; and lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium stearate and other metallic stearates, glycerol stearate, stearic acid, silicone fluid, talc waxes, oils and colloidal silica.
  • Povidone polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • Flavouring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, cherry flavouring and the like can also be used. It may be desirable to add a colouring agent to make the dosage form readily identifiable. Tablets may also be coated by methods well known in the art.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active agent in a free flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface-active or dispersing agent.
  • Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active agent.
  • Other formulations suitable for oral administration include lozenges comprising the active agent in a flavoured base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active agent in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active agent in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • lozenges comprising the active agent in a flavoured base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth
  • pastilles comprising the active agent in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia
  • mouthwashes comprising the active agent in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • compounds of general formula (I) may be made up into a cream, ointment, jelly, solution or suspension etc.
  • Cream or ointment formulations that may be used for the drug are conventional formulations well known in the art, for example, as described in standard text books of pharmaceutics such as the British Pharmacopoeia.
  • Compounds of general formula (I) may be used for the treatment of the respiratory tract by nasal, bronchial or buccal administration of, for example, aerosols or sprays which can disperse the pharmacological active ingredient in the form of a powder or in the form of drops of a solution or suspension.
  • compositions with powder-dispersing properties usually contain, in addition to the active ingredient, a liquid propellant with a boiling point below room temperature and, if desired, adjuncts, such as liquid or solid non- ionic or anionic surfactants and/or diluents.
  • a liquid propellant with a boiling point below room temperature and, if desired, adjuncts, such as liquid or solid non- ionic or anionic surfactants and/or diluents.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions in which the pharmacological active ingredient is in solution contain, in addition to this, a suitable propellant, and furthermore, if necessary, an additional solvent and/or a stabiliser.
  • compressed air can also be used, it being possible for this to be produced as required by means of a suitable compression and expansion device.
  • Parenteral formulations will generally be sterile.
  • Compounds of general formula (I) may be used in combination with one or more other active agents which are useful in the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions.
  • An additional active agent of this type may be included in the pharmaceutical composition described above but alternatively it may be administered separately, either at the same time as the compound of general formula (I) or at an earlier or later time. Therefore in a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a product comprising a compound of general formula (I) and an additional agent useful in the treatment or prevention of respiratory conditions as a combined preparation for simultaneous, sequential or separate use in the treatment of a disease or condition mediated by ENaC and especially a respiratory disease or condition, for example one of the diseases and conditions mentioned above.
  • Suitable additional active agents which may be included in a pharmaceutical composition or a combined preparation with the compounds of general formula (I) include: ⁇ 2 adrenoreceptor agonists such as metaproterenol, isoproterenol, isoprenaline, albuterol, salbutamol, formoterol, salmeterol, indacaterol, terbutaline, orciprenaline, bitolterol mesylate and pirbuterol; antihistamines, for example histamine Hi receptor antagonists such as loratadine, cetirizine, desloratadine, levocetirizine, fexofenadine, astemizole, azelastine and chlorpheniramine or H 4 receptor antagonists; dornase alpha; corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, flunisolide, triamcinolone acetonide, beclomethasone dipropionate,
  • Leukotriene antagonists such as montelukast and zafirlukast
  • Analytical LCMS were carried out on the following systems: System A: stationary phase: Kinetex Core-Shell C18 2.1 x 50 mm, 5 ⁇ , 40 °C; detection UV 215 nm-ELS-MS; mobile phase: A, water + 0.1% formic acid; B, MeCN + 0.1% formic acid; gradient (A:B ratio, time): 95:5-0:100, 1.20 min; 100:0, 0.10 min; 100:0-5:95, 0.01 min; System B: stationary phase: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 2.0 x 50 mm, 3 ⁇ , 40 °C; detection UV 215 nm-ELS-MS; mobile phase: A, 2 mM NH4HCO3 pH 10; B, MeCN; gradient (A:B ratio, time): 99:1-0:100, 1.80 min; 100:0, 0.30 min; 100:0-1 :99, 0.20 min; 1 :99, 1.20 min; System C: stationary phase: Phenomenex Kinet
  • Preparative HPLC purification was carried out using the following conditions: stationary phase: Waters Sunfire 30 x 100 mm, 10 pm; detection UV 215 and 254 nm; mobile phase A: water + 0.1% formic acid; B: MeCN +0.1 % formic acid; gradient: 5 - 95% solvent B over 14 min; flowrate: 40 ml/min.
  • CDI (2.23 g, 13.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of commercial 3-amino-6- bromopyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (2.00 g, 9.17 mmol) in DMF (20 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled (0 °C) then diluted with water (20 ml). The solid was collected by filtration then washed with the minimum volume of water and cooled (0 °C) MeCN then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (2.23 g, 86%).
  • Aqueous LiOH solution (2.0 M, 0.72 ml, 1.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of methyl 3-amino-6-iodopyrazine-2-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.72 mmol) in MeOH (3.5 ml) at RT.
  • the reaction was heated at 50 °C for 1.5 h then allowed to cool to RT.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeOH.
  • the resulting suspension was filtered and the solid thus obtained was washed with the minimum volume of water (0.5 ml) and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a brown solid (40 mg, 20%).
  • 1 H NMR 250 MHz, DMSO-c/e) ⁇ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 2H).
  • Aqueous LiOH solution (2.0 M, 4.3 ml, 8.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of methyl 3-amino-6-methylpyrazine-2-carboxylate, Intermediate 4 (464 mg, 2.78 mmol) in MeOH (5 ml) at RT.
  • the reaction was heated at 50 °C for 1 h then allowed to cool to RT.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeOH.
  • the resulting suspension was filtered and the solid thus obtained was washed with the minimum volume of water (1 ml) and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (395 mg, 89%).
  • Pd(dppf)CI 2 158 mg, 0.215 mmol was added to a suspension of methyl 3-amino-6- bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate (1.00 g, 4.31 mmol), ethylboronic acid (0.637 g, 8.62 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.79 g, 12.9 mmol) in DME (20 ml).
  • the resultant suspension was de-gassed by bubbling a stream of nitrogen through the reaction mixture for 1 min.
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 17 h then allowed to cool to RT.
  • the reaction was recharged with ethylboronic acid (318 mg, 4.31 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (79 mg, 0.11 mmol) then heated at 90 °C for 2 h.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT then added to saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (40 ml).
  • the resultant mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x40 ml) then the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (40 ml), dried over MgS0 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (50 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 6:94 to 50:50 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a yellow solid (322 mg, 41 %).
  • the column was eluted with MeC iHiO + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a dark yellow solid (77 mg, 19%).
  • Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (176 mg, 0.152 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 3-amino-6-iodopyrazine-2-carboxylate (350 mg, 1.25 mmol) and Cul (167 mg, 0.878 mmol) in DMF (8 ml) in a pressure tube.
  • the reaction tube was flushed with nitrogen then CuCN (225 mg, 2.51 mmol) was added.
  • the tube was sealed then heated at 80 °C for 4 h.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, then added onto saturated aq. NaHC0 3 solution (25 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 ml).
  • lodomethane (590 ⁇ , 9.47 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-[(1-ethyl-6-methoxy- 1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1 H-isoindole-1 ,3-dione, Intermediate 11 (1 .59 g, 4.74 mmol) in MeCN (13 ml) in a pressure tube. The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 4 h then allowed to cool to RT. The resulting suspension was reduced to approximately half of the original volume under a stream of nitrogen. The solid was collected by filtration then washed with further MeCN (3 ml) to yield the product as a white solid (1.99 g, 87%).
  • lodoethane (715 ⁇ , 8.95 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-[(1 -ethyl-6-methoxy-1 H- 1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1 /-/-isoindole-1 ,3-dione, Intermediate 11 (3.00 g, 8.95 mmol) in MeCN (20 ml). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 4 h. lodoethane (715 ⁇ , 8.95 mmol) was added and mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 16 h.
  • lodoethane (715 ⁇ , 8.95 mmol) was added and mixture was stirred at 80 °C for a further 24 h the allowed to cool to RT. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to approximately one third of the original volume. The precipitate was collected by filtration then washed with MeCN to afford a grey solid (2.6 g). The filtrate was concentrated to afford a dark grey solid. The two batches of solid thus obtained were combined and suspended in MeCN (20 ml), lodoethane (715 ⁇ , 8.95 mmol) was added then the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 18 h then at 100 °C for 4 h.
  • the reaction mixture was split into two equal portions in pressure tubes, lodoethane (300 ⁇ , 3.75 mmol) was added to both reaction mixtures then the pressure tubes were sealed and left to heat at 100 °C for 16 h.
  • the reaction mixtures were allowed to cool to RT then combined.
  • the resultant mixture was concentrated in vacuo to ⁇ 5 ml then filtered.
  • the collected solid was washed with the minimum of MeCN (0.5 ml) to yield the product as a grey solid (2.37 g).
  • the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a dark brown solid, which was triturated with EtOAc (-10 ml) and filtered. The filtrate was left to stand overnight then it was filtered again.
  • HATU (8.53 g, 22.3 mmol) and DIPEA (7.1 ml, 41 mmol) were added to a solution of N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl)glycine (3.93 g, 22.4 mmol) in DMF (40 ml). The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 0.5 h then a solution of 1-A/-ethyl-5-methoxybenzene-1 ,2-diamine (3.39 g, 20.4 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added. The reaction was left to stir at RT for 80 min then the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) and water (150 ml).
  • the phases were separated and the organic phase was washed with water (2 x 150 ml) and brine (150 ml), then dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product as a dark red oil.
  • the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (340 g). The column was eluted with CH 2 Cl2:MeOH, increasing the gradient linearly from 100:0 to 92:8 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to a viscous dark red oil which solidified on standing to yield the product as a dark red solid (5.02 g, 77%).
  • reaction was allowed to cool to RT then additional (2-bromoethoxy)(te/f- butyl)dimethylsilane (1.00 g, 4.18 mmol) was added.
  • the tube was sealed then the reaction was left to stir at 100 °C for a further 24 h.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool then concentrated in vacuo to a red oil.
  • the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (25 g). The column was eluted with CH 2 CI 2 :MeOH, increasing the gradient linearly from 100:0 to 90:10 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield a viscous dark red oil (615 mg).
  • the material was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (30 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10 - 36%; 36%, 2 CV; 36 - 50%, 4 CV; 50 - 100%, 3 CV; 100%, 3 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a viscous dark red oil (278 mg, 43%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10 - 14%, 2 CV; 14 - 18%, 1 CV; 18 - 27%, 2 CV; 27 - 31 CV, 0.5 CV; 31 - 60%, 0.5 CV; 60 - 100%, 1 CV; 100%, 1 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a yellow amorphous solid (1.72 g, 47%).
  • the solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under vacuum.
  • the solid thus obtained was triturated in MeCN then filtered and dried under vacuum to afford the intermediate as a pale pink solid (5.4 g).
  • the solid thus obtained was added portion-wise to acetic acid (30 ml).
  • the resulting suspension was heated at 100 °C for 45 min then allowed to cool to RT over 16 h.
  • the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with EtOAc then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a pale pink solid (585 mg).
  • the solid was suspended in MeCN (5 ml) then MeCN:water (1 :1 , 1 ml) was added.
  • the resulting suspension was filtered then the solid was dried under vacuum to afford the product as a pale pink solid (430 mg, 13%).
  • the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (50 ml) then the combined organic phases were washed with water (4 x 50 ml) and brine (50 ml), then dried over Na2S0 4 , filtered and evaporated to a black solid (4 g).
  • the solid was dissolved in the minimum of CH 2 CI 2 /MeOH then evaporated onto silica (9 g).
  • the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (120 g). The column was eluted with CH 2 Cl2:MeOH, increasing the gradient linearly from 100:0 to 95:5 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to a black solid (2.9 g).
  • the solid thus obtained was dissolved in EtOAc (100 ml) and extracted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (3 x 50 ml) and water (50 ml) then dried over Na2S0 4 , filtered and evaporated to a black solid (2.5 g).
  • the solid was dissolved in the minimum of ChfeC /MeOH then evaporated onto silica (10 g).
  • the material was further purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (120 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 0:100 to 100:0 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to afford the product as a pink solid (1.78 g, 62%).
  • lodomethane (497 ⁇ , 7.98 mmol) was added to a suspension of tert-butyl A/-[(1-ethyl-6- fluoro-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]carbamate, Intermediate 24 (0.78 g, 2.66 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (12 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then heated at 75 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT then concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (1.16 g, 99%).
  • lodomethane (381 ⁇ , 6.12 mmol) was added to a suspension of tert-butyl /V- ⁇ [1-ethyl-6- (trifluoromethyl)-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl]methyl ⁇ carbamate, Intermediate 27 (700 mg, 2.04 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (10 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed and heated at 75 °C for 8 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (1.01 g, >99%).
  • the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 ml) then the combined organic phases were washed with water (4 x 50 ml) and brine (50 ml) then dried over Na2S0 4 , filtered and evaporated to a black oil.
  • the oil thus obtained was dissolved in acetic acid (10 ml) and the resulting solution was heated at 70 °C for 1 .5 h.
  • the reaction solution was concentrated in vacuo then the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (50 ml) and saturated aq. NaHC0 3 solution (50 ml).
  • the organic phase was washed with saturated aq.
  • lodomethane (208 ⁇ , 3.34 mmol) was added to a suspension of terf-butyl /V- ⁇ [1-ethyl-6- (trifluoromethoxy)-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl]methyl ⁇ carbamate, Intermediate 31 (400 mg, 1.1 1 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (5 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then heated at 75 °C for 5 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the product as a dark green solid (567 mg, 95%).
  • the filtrate was transferred to a separating funnel then extracted with saturated aqueous NaHCOa solution (3 x 100 ml), water (100 ml) and brine (50 ml) then dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered and evaporated to a yellow solid which was suspended in the minimum volume of EtOAc:heptane (1 :4) and filtered then dried under vacuum to afford a third batch of the product as a white solid (1.77 g).
  • the filtrate from the first filtration was transferred to a separating funnel then extracted with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (3 x 100 ml), water (100 ml) and brine (50 ml) then dried over Na2S0 4 , filtered and evaporated to a dark brown solid.
  • lodoethane (969 ⁇ , 12.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 2-( ⁇ [(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino ⁇ methyl)-1-ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate, Intermediate 34 (1.34 g, 4.02 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (15 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then heated at 80 °C for 21 h then allowed to cool to RT. lodoethane (323 ⁇ , 4.02 mmol) was added then the reaction was heated at 80 °C for 5 h then allowed to cool to RT.
  • Triethylamine (2.04 ml, 14.6 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 2-(aminomethyl)- 1 -ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate dihydrochloride Intermediate 37 (1.29 g, 4.21 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (22 ml).
  • reaction mixture was extracted with water (20 ml), saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 solution (2 x 10 ml), water (20 ml) and brine (10 ml), then dried over Na 2 S0 4 , filtered and evaporated to afford the product as a white solid (1.65 g, 92%)
  • Aqueous LiOH solution (2.0 M, 2.4 ml, 4.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 2- ( ⁇ [(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino ⁇ methyl)-1 -ethyl- 1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate,
  • lodoethane (251 ⁇ , 3.13 mmol) was added to a suspension of ferf-butyl 2- ( ⁇ [(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino ⁇ methyl)-1 -ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate, Intermediate 40 (320 mg, 0.78 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (4 ml).
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 120 °C for 2 h under microwave irradiation, lodoethane (63 ⁇ , 0.78 mmol) was added then the reaction mixture was heated at 120 °C for 2 h under microwave irradiation.
  • the reaction was evaporated to afford the product as an orange foam (420 mg, 90%).
  • the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration then washed with water and dried under vacuum to afford the intermediate as a light grey solid.
  • the solid thus obtained was added portionwise to acetic acid (150 ml).
  • the resulting suspension was heated at 100 °C for 2.5 h then allowed to cool to RT.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (300 ml) and water (300 ml).
  • the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc (200 ml) and water (200 ml) then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a pink solid (17.9 g, 76%).
  • the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (50 g).
  • the column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 0:100 to 100:0 over 10 column volumes.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a light yellow foam (226 mg, 31 %).
  • lodoethane (159 ⁇ , 1.98 mmol) was added to a solution of terf-butyl 4-(4- ⁇ 2-[(1 ,3-dioxo- 2,3-dihydro-1 /-/-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-6-yl ⁇ -1 /-/-pyrazol-1- yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate, Intermediate 46 (220 mg, 0.397 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (5 ml). The reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation for 2 h at 120 °C.
  • Morpholine (3.46 ml, 40.0 mmol) was added to a solution of6-(2- ⁇ [(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino ⁇ ethoxy)-1 ,3-diethyl-2-[( ⁇ [(9H-fluoren-9- yl)methoxy]carbonyl ⁇ amino)methyl]-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide , Intermediate 49 (95%, 3.00 g, 4.00 mmol) in THF (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 25 min then diluted with diethyl ether (150 ml). The resulting mixture was agitated then the supernatant was decanted off. The residual gum was washed further with ether (2 x 60 ml) then dried under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in THF then concentrated in vacuo afford the product as a pale orange solid (1.99 g, 83%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as a pale yellow solid (54 mg, 37%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10 - 30%, 15 CV; 30 - 100%, 3 CV; 100%, 3 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated.
  • the material thus obtained was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCNihfeO + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10 - 46%, 18 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a pale orange solid (1 mg, 7%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as an off-white solid (84 mg, 58%).
  • HBTU 155 mg, 0.41 mmol was added to a solution of lithium 3-amino-6-methylpyrazine- 2-carboxylate, Intermediate 5 (50 mg, 0.31 mmol) and 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6- methoxy-3-methyl-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 13 (109 mg, 0.31 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml). DIPEA (218 ⁇ , 1.26 mmol) was added then the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h. The reaction was concentrated under a flow of nitrogen to afford the crude product as an oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as an off-white solid (67 mg, 41%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10- 100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as an off-white solid (28 mg, 19%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as a white solid (95 mg, 69%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 5 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as an orange solid (70 mg, 43%).
  • the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0+ 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 5 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to an orange solid (28 mg).
  • the solid thus obtained was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 5 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as an orange solid (20 mg, 20%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 0%, 2 CV; 0-40%, 16 CV; 40-100%, 4 CVs; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated then the residue was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-50%, 25 CV; 50-100%, 5 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeCN.
  • the resulting suspension was filtered then the solid was dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (38 mg, 16%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 0%, 2 CV; 0-40%, 16 CV; 40-100%, 4 CVs; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated then the residue was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10- 50%, 25 CV; 50-100%, 5 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCNihbO + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to afford the product as an off-white solid (22 mg, 32%).
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to afford the product as an off-white solid (17 mg, 21 %).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to afford the product as a white solid (68 mg, 57%).
  • the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (30 g).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H 2 0 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and evaporated to afford the product as a light yellow solid (146 mg, 49%).
  • the column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-34%, 12 CV; 34-100%, 6 CV; 100%, 2 CV.
  • the desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as an orange gum (407 mg, 61%).
  • Example 27 Short circuit current assay to determine ENaC blocker potency in human bronchial epithelial cells
  • HBECs Human bronchial epithelial cells
  • BEGM Bronchial Epithelial Cell Growth Medium
  • bovine pituitary extract 52 ng/mL
  • hydrocortisone 0.5 ⁇ g/mL
  • human recombinant Epidermal Growth Factor 0.5 ng/mL
  • epinephrine 0.5 ng/mL
  • transferrin 10 ng/mL
  • insulin 5 ng/mL
  • retinoic acid 0.1 ng/mL
  • triiodothyronine 6.5 ng/mL
  • gentamyein 50 g/mL
  • amphotericin-B 50 ng/mL
  • HBEC From the first day of establishment of an ALI, HBEC were fed with a DMEM:HAMS F-12 (1 :1) media containing 2% Ultroser G (Pall BioSepra, France) with gentamyein (50 Mg/mL) and amphotericin B (50 ng/mL). Cells were used for short-circuit current assay between days 14-21 after the establishment of the ALI. At all stages of culture, cells were maintained at 37 ° C in 5% CO2 in an air incubator.
  • ISC Short-circuit current
  • Snapwell inserts were mounted in Costar Vertical Diffusion Chambers (Costar, UK) and were bathed with continuously gassed Ringer solution (5% C0 2 in O2; pH 7.4) maintained at 37°C containing (in mM): 120 NaCI, 25 NaHC0 3 , 3.3 KH2PO4, 0.8 K 2 HP0 4 , 1.2 CaCI 2 , 1.2 MgCI 2 and 10 glucose.
  • the solution osmolarity was always between 280-300 mOsm/kg H2O for all physiological salt solutions used.
  • Cells were voltage clamped to 0 mV (model EVC4000, WPI).
  • Transepithelial resistance (RT) was measured by applying a 2 mV pulse at 30 s intervals and calculating RT by Ohm's law. Data were recorded using a PowerLab workstation (ADInstruments, UK).
  • ENaC blocker compounds were added to the apical chamber from a 1000-fold stock solution (prepared in DMSO) to achieve a cumulative concentration response in terms of the inhibition of the basal ISC. At the completion of the concentration response, a supramaximal concentration of amiloride (10 ⁇ ) was added. The concentration of test compound that induced a 50% inhibition of the total amiloride-sensitive ISC (IC50) was calculated using GraphPad Prism v6.05.
  • Microsomes (rat and human) were obtained from Bioreclamation.
  • Test compound stock solutions in DMSO (10 mM) were diluted with DMSO to 2 mM. Further dilution was completed to achieve a 100 ⁇ stock (final concentrations; 91.5% Acetonitrile: 8.5% DMSO). Final test compound concentration in incubation was 1 ⁇ ( ⁇ 0.1 % DMSO).
  • the following probe substrates were used: verapamil, propranolol, metoprolol and phenacetin (rat) at a final incubation concentration of 1 ⁇ .
  • Assay buffer - Solution 1 17.4 g potassium phosphate dibasic anhydrous (K2HP04, 0.1 M) dissolved in 1 L deionised water.
  • Solution 2 13.6 g potassium phosphate monobasic anhydrous
  • Cryopreserved hepatocytes (rat and human) were obtained from Bioreclamation.
  • Test compound stock solutions in DMSO (10 mM) were diluted with DMSO to 4 mM. Further dilution was completed to achieve a 100 ⁇ stock (5 ⁇ _ of 4 mM in 195 ⁇ . of 50:50 DMSO:hepatocyte buffer). Final test compound concentration in incubation was 1 ⁇ .
  • the following probe substrates were used: testosterone and carbamazepine at a final incubation concentration of 1 ⁇ .
  • Hepatocyte buffer was prepared (Williams E media containing phenol red and GlutamaxTM, 15 mM HEPES, warmed to 37 °C, pH7.4 with NaOH).
  • Cells were removed from liquid nitrogen, thawed in a waterbath, decanted into 50 ml_ of pre-warmed Cryopreserved Hepatocyte Recovery Media (LifeTechnologies) and centrifuged. Supernatant fraction was removed, cells were re-suspended in hepatocyte buffer and counted by trypan blue exclusion. Cell viability of >80% was required for all assays. Cells were re-suspended to 1 x 10 6 /mL and 198 ⁇ cell suspension added to each 96-well. 2 ⁇ _ of 100 ⁇ compound stock solution was added to relevant wells to initiate the incubation. A no cell control and two replicates of each test compound was included in every assay.
  • Middleton PG Geddes DM and Alton EW. Effect of amiloride and saline on nasal mucociliary clearance and potential difference in cystic fibrosis and normal subjects. Thorax, 1993, 48(8):812-6.
  • Perazella MA Drug-induced hyperkalemia: old culprits and new offenders. Am J Med., 2000, 109(4):307-14.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to compounds of general formula (I): wherein R1, R2, R3, R10 and X- are as defined herein. The compounds are inhibitors of the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC) and are useful for the treatment or prevention respiratory diseases and conditions.

Description

COMPOUNDS
The present invention relates to novel compounds which have activity as inhibitors of the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC). The invention also relates to the use of these compounds in treating diseases and conditions modulated by ENaC, particularly respiratory diseases and conditions, dry eye disease, atopic dermatitis and psoriasis. The invention also relates to methods of preparing the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. Humans can inhale up to 12,000 L of air each day and with it comes the potential for airborne pathogens (bacteria, viruses, fungal spores). To protect against these airborne pathogens, the lung has evolved innate defence mechanisms to minimise the potential for infection and colonisation of the airways. One such mechanism is the mucus clearance system, whereby secreted mucus is propelled up and out of the airways by the coordinated beating of cilia together with cough clearance. This ongoing 'cleansing' of the lung constantly removes inhaled particles and microbes thereby reducing the risk of infection.
In recent years it has become clear that the hydration of the mucus gel is critical to enable mucus clearance (Boucher 2007; Matsui et al, 1998). In a normal, healthy airway, the mucus gel is typically 97% water and 3% solids under which conditions the mucus is cleared by mucociliary action. The hydration of the airway mucosa is regulated by the coordinated activity of a number of ion channels and transporters. The balance of anion (CI" / HCO3") secretion mediated via the Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator (CFTR) and the Calcium Activated Chloride Conductance (CaCC; TMEM16A) and Na+ absorption through the epithelial Na+ channel (ENaC) determine the hydration status of the airway mucosa. As ions are transported across the epithelium, water is osmotically obliged to follow and thus fluid is either secreted or absorbed.
In respiratory diseases such as chronic bronchitis and cystic fibrosis, the % solids of the mucus gel is increased as the hydration is reduced and mucus clearance is reduced
(Boucher, 2007). In cystic fibrosis, where loss of function mutations in CFTR attenuates ability of the airway to secrete fluid, the % solids can be increased to 15% which is believed to contribute towards the plugging of small airways and failure of mucus clearance.
Furthermore, in cystic fibrosis an increase in ENaC activity has been reported by several groups (Knowles et al, 1983; Middleton et al, 1993) and this increase in ENaC function has been shown to correlate with disease severity (Fajac et al, 2004; Leal et al, 2008).
Strategies to increase the hydration of the airway mucus include either the stimulation of anion and thereby fluid secretion or the inhibition of Na+ absorption. To this end, blocking the activity of ENaC will inhibit Na+ absorption and therefore increase fluid accumulation in the airway mucosa, hydrate mucus and enhance mucus clearance mechanisms. ENaC is expressed in renal, colonic, corneal, sweat duct and respiratory epithelia where it forms a low conductance channel (~4 pS) with a selectivity for Na+ over K+ of approximately 10-fold (Kellenberger 2002). Loss and gain of function mutations in the channel can cause human disease including pseudohypoaldosteronism type 1 (PHA1), a salt wasting disease (Chang et al, 1996), and Liddle's syndrome, a disease associated with salt retention and hypertension (Botero-Velez et al, 1994). Of particular note to lung physiology is the observation that patients with PHA1 loss-of-function mutations in ENaC have an enhanced rate of airway mucociliary clearance (MCC) compared with the normal healthy population, typically 3-4 fold faster (Kerem et al, 1999). Furthermore the upper airways of these patients appear to be 'wet' and have extra-hydration compared to normal. These observations further support the salient role that ENaC plays in the human airway in the regulation of hydration and the therapeutic benefit that blocking ENaC in the airway could deliver in terms of enhancing MCC and innate defence.
Amiloride, a small compound blocker of ENaC, has been demonstrated to increase MCC in both healthy controls and also patients with CF, further supporting the physiological significance of this mechanism (App et al, 1990). However the lack of a robust effect of inhaled amiloride on clinical endpoints (Bowler et al, 1995; Graham et al, 1993; Knowles et al, 1990; Pons et al, 2000) was ascribed to the short duration of action of this compound in the lungs (Noone et al., 1997). Novel ENaC blockers, specifically designed for a long duration of action in the airway are therefore predicted to acutely provide an extended enhancement of MCC with resulting clinical benefit in the longer term.
A challenge with the design of inhaled ENaC blockers for the treatment of respiratory diseases has been the potential for the renal-based side effect of hyperkalaemia (Perazela et al., 2000). ENaC is expressed in the cortical collecting duct of the kidney epithelium and blockade of the channel here can lead to a systemic accumulation of K+. For this reason, it is desirable that an inhaled ENaC blocker avoids renal exposure following absorption from the lung. This could be achieved through either a high lung retention of ENaC blocker therefore enabling only a low dose to be administered or through the design of a compound that will be rapidly broken down before it reaches the kidney. ENaC is also expressed by the ocular epithelium and is implicated in controlling the hydration status of the eye. Analogous to its function in the respiratory epithelium, ENaC is proposed as an absorptive pathway in the corneal/conjunctival epithelium. Thus, inhibition of ENaC is expected to produce an increase in tear volume and ocular hydration. Dry eye (keratoconjunctivitus sicca) is a common disorder, associated with numerous medical conditions includiung Sjorgen's syndrome, lupus and allergic conjunctivitis, and is characterised by the production of an inadequate quantity or quality of tears. Studies in pre-clinical models suggest ENaC blockers represent a novel pharmacological approach to the treatment of chronic dry eye (Thelin et al, 2012).
ENaC has also been implicated in controlling the hydration and barrier function of skin, offering a novel approach to the treatment of diseases where these are compromised such as atopic dermatitis and psoriasis (Fratechi et al, 2010).
Several ENaC blockers are known. For example, WO 201 1/079087 relates to compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000004_0001
WO 2015/007516, WO 2015/007517 and WO 2015/007519 all relate to compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000004_0002
The compounds described in these documents all contain a 3,5-diaminopyrazine group and this group is also a structural feature of the ENaC inhibitors disclosed in numerous other documents including WO2013/0664450, WO2013/092674, WO2014/044849, WO 2014/177469, WO 2015/003958, WO2015/018754, WO 201 1/028740, WO 2007/071396, WO 2007/071400, WO 2008/135557, WO 2009/074575, WO 2009/138378, WO 2009/150137 and WO 2012/035158. A number of other prior art documents mention the possibility of an alternative substituent at the 5-position of the pyrazine ring. These include WO 2015/003083, WO 2004/073629, WO 03/070184, WO 03/070182, WO 2006/022935, WO 2007/018640, WO 2008/124491 , WO 2009/139948, WO 2005/044180, WO 2005/016879, WO 2005/018644, WO 2005/025496, WO 2005/034847 and WO 2013/181232. However, every compound exemplified in these documents contains a 3,5- diaminopyrazine group and it is therefore clear that a pyrazine ring with amino substituents at the 3- and 5-positions is considered essential for ENaC blocking activity.
WO 2011/113894 relates to compounds which are said to be of use for treating inflammatory or obstructive diseases of the airways or for promoting mucosal hydration. The compounds are of the formula:
Figure imgf000005_0001
where A is N or CR4a and R2 is haloalkyl. None of the compounds exemplified in this document contain a benzodiazole moiety.
WO 2017/028926 relates to ENaC inhibitin compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000005_0002
and WO 2017/028927 relates to ENaC inhibiting compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000005_0003
These compounds are said to shown ENaC inhibiting activity in spite of the lack of an amino substituent at the 5-position of the pyrazine moiety.
Surprisingly, the present inventors have further compounds which lack an amino substituent at the 5-position of the pyrazine ring but which retain ENaC blocking activity. Furthermore, some of these compounds have the advantage of more rapid metabolism than the equivalent 3,5-diaminopyrazine compounds, meaning that if they are administered directly to the airways and lungs, they may be substantially metabolised before they reach the kidneys or the colon, thus minimising side effects of the therapy.
In the present invention there is provided a compound of general formula (I) including all tautomeric forms, al
Figure imgf000006_0001
(I)
wherein:
X" is an anion;
R1 is:
i. H, halo; or
ii. C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -0(Ci-e alkyl), -C C2-6 alkenyl) or -C C2-6 alkynyl) any of which is optionally substituted by one or more halo substituents; or iii -L1 R11 , -0-L1 R11 , -OR5 , -SO2R5, -C(0)OR5, -C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6;
L1 is C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene or C2-6 alkynylene;
R11 is H, -NR7R8, -NR7-C(=NR9)N(R8)2, -NR7-C(0)0-R8, -NR7-C(0)-(Ci-3 alkylene)- N+(R8)3 or -N+(R8)3;
each R7, R8 and R9 is independently selected from H or C1-4 alkyl;
each R5 and R6 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C3-8 heterocyclyl, any of which is optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from halo, OR7, C(0)OR7, -NR7R8, C(0)NR7R8 or, in the case of cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups, oxo; or iv. -L2-R12 wherein
L2 is:
a bond;
-Z12-, -aryl-, -heteroaryl-, -carbocyclyl-, -heterocyclyl-,
-Z6-carbocyclyl-, -Z6-heterocyclyl-, -Z6-aryl-, -Z6-heteroaryl-;
-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -heterocyclyl-Z6-, -aryl-Z6-, -heteroaryl-Z6-;
-Z6-NR7-Z6-; -OZ12-, -Ο-aryl-, -Ο-heteroaryl-, -Ο-carbocyclyl-, -Ο-heterocyclyl-,
-OZ6-carbocyclyl-, -OZ6-heterocyclyl-, -OZ6-aryl-, -OZ6-heteroaryl-;
-0-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -0-heterocyclyl-Z6-, -0-aryl-Z6-, -0-heteroaryl-Z6-;
-OZ6-NR7-Z6-,
-C(0)Zi2-, -C(0)-carbocyclyl-, -C(0)-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(O)- heterocyclyl-Z6-, -C(0)-Z6-carbocyclyl-, C(0)-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-Z6- carbocyclyl-Z6-, C(0)-Z6-heterocyclyl-Z6-,
-C(0)NR7-, -C(0)NR7-Zi2-, -C(0)NR7-carbocyclyl-, C(0)NR7-heterocyclyl-, C(0)NR7-aryl-, C(0)NR7-heteroaryl-, -C(0)NR7-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(0)NH- heterocyclyl-Ze-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-carbocyclyl-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)NR7- Z6-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-Z6-;
-Z6-C(0)NR7-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-aryl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-heteroaryl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7- carbocyclyl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-heterocyclyl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-aryl-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)NR7- heteroaryl-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-carbocyclyl-Z6- or -Z6-C(0)NR7-heterocyclyl-Z6-; -C(0)Zi2-, -C(0)-carbocyclyl-, -C(0)-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(O)- heterocyclyl-Z6-, -C(0)-Z6-carbocyclyl-, C(0)-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-Z6- carbocyclyl-Z6-, C(0)-Z6-heterocyclyl-Z6-,
Figure imgf000007_0001
-C(=N)NR7-carbocyclyl-, C(=N)NR7-heterocyclyl-, -C(=N)NR7- carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(=N)NH-heterocyclyl-Z6-, -C(=N)NR7-Z6-carbocyclyl-, C(=N)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(=N)NR7-Z6-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(=N)NR7-Z6- heterocyclyl-Z6-;
wherein Z12 is C1-12 alkylene, C2-12 alkenylene or C2-12 alkynylene;
Ζβ is C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene or C2-6 alkynylene and alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene groups are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from NR8R9, C(0)NR8R9, OH or halo, wherein R7, R8 and R9 are as defined above;
R12 is -NR14R15 or -G-R14;
each of R14 and R15 is independently C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more OH groups; and G is a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more OH groups and containing at least one nitrogen atom which is connected by a covalent bond to the group R14; -L3-R13, wherein
L3 comprises one or two cyclic groups directly linked to one another wherein each cyclic group is selected from aryl, heteroaryl, carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl, wherein cycloalkyi and heterocyclyl groups may have one or more oxo substituents; and R13 is H, -OR5 -SO2R5, -C(0)OR5,-C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6; wherein R5, R6 and R7 are as defined above;
R2 is C1-10 alkyl, wherein one or more -CH2- groups is optionally replaced by -O- and which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, aryl, heteroaryl, -OR7 and -NR7R8, wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above;
R3 is H, halo, cyano, C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, or -S(Ci-3 alkyl);
R10 is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, -OR7 and -NR7R8, wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above; provided that
when R2 is ethyl; R3 is chloro and R10 is ethyl:
R1 is not C(0)NR5R6, wherein at least one of R5 and R6 is Ci-6 alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH and NR7R8, where R7 and R8 are each independently H or methyl; and
R1 is not L2R12 where L2 is C(0)heterocyclyl and R12 is N(CH3)2.
In the present specification, except where the context requires otherwise due to express language or necessary implication, the word "comprises", or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising" is used in an inclusive sense i.e. to specify the presence of the stated features but not to preclude the presence or addition of further features in various embodiments of the invention. The anion X" can have any negative charge and will be balanced by the appropriate number of cations. Thus, for example, a compound of general formula (I) in which X" is an anion having a single negative charge will have a 1 : 1 ratio of cation:anion whereas if the anion X" has a charge of -2, the ratio of cation:anion in the compound of general formula (I) will be 2: 1. The anion X" is suitably a pharmacologically acceptable anion, although other anions may also be useful, particularly in synthetic precursors to the compounds of general formula (I). Suitable anions, X" include halide, hydroxide, sulfate, nitrate, phosphate, formate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, fumarate, citrate, tartrate, oxalate, succinate, mandelate, methane sulfonate and p-toluene sulfonate. In the present specification, the term "CW alkyl refers to a straight or branched fully saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The term encompasses methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and t-butyl. Other alkyl groups, for example C1-4 alkyl are as defined above but contain different numbers of carbon atoms.
The term "C2-6 alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Examples include ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, hex-2-enyl etc. Other alkylene groups, for example C1-3 alkylene are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 1 to 3) carbon atoms.
The term "C2-6 alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples include ethynyl, prop-1-ynyl, hex-2-ynyl etc. Other alkenylene groups, for example C2-3 alkylene are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 2 to 3) carbon atoms.
The term "C1-6 alkylene" refers to a straight or branched fully saturated hydrocarbon chain having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of alkylene groups include -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, CH(CH3)-CH2-, CH2CH(CH3)-, -CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH2CH3)- and CH2CH(CH2CH3)CH2-. Other alkylene groups, for example C1-3 alkylene are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 1 to 3) carbon atoms. The term "C2-6 alkenylene" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Examples of alkenylene groups include -CH=CH-, -CH=C(CH3)-, -CH2CH=CH-, -CH=CHCH2-, CH2CH2CH=CH-, CH2CH=C(CH3)- and -CH2CH=C(CH2CH3)-. Other alkenylene groups, for example C2-3 alkenylene, are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 2 to 3) carbon atoms.
The term "C2-6 alkynylene" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples of alkenylene groups include -C≡C-, -CH2C≡C-, -C≡C-CH2-, CH2CH2C≡C-, CH2C≡CCH2- and -CH2CH≡C-CH2CH2-.)-. Other alkynylene groups, for example C2-3 alkynylene, are as defined above except that they contain the specified number (e.g. 2 to 3) carbon atoms.
The terms "carbocyclic" and "carbocyclyl" refer to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring system containing from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms, unless otherwise indicated, and optionally one or more double bond. The carbocyclic group may be a single ring or may contain two or three rings which may be fused or bridged. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl. In the context of the present specification, the terms "heterocyclic" and "heterocyclyl" refer to a non-aromatic ring system containing 3 to 10 ring atoms including at least one heteroatom selected from N, O and S. The heterocyclic group may be a single ring or may contain two or three rings which may be fused or bridged. Examples include tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroypranyl, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl and thiomorpholinyl.
The terms "aryl" and "aromatic" in the context of the present specification refer to a ring system with aromatic character having from 5 to 14 ring carbon atoms and containing up to three rings. Where an aryl group contains more than one ring, not all rings must be fully aromatic in character. Examples of aromatic moieties are benzene, naphthalene, fluorene, indane and indene. The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroaromatic" in the context of the specification refer to a ring system with aromatic character having from 5 to 14 ring atoms, at least one of which is a heteroatom selected from N, O and S, and containing up to three rings. Where a heteroaryl group contains more than one ring, not all rings must be fully aromatic in character. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridine, pyrimidine, indole, benzofuran, benzimidazole and indolene.
The term "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine and the term "halo" to fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo groups. Similarly, "halide" refers to fluoride, chloride, bromide or iodide.
The term "Ci-e haloalkyl" as used herein refers to a Ci-e alkyl group as defined above in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms is replaced by a halo group. Any number of hydrogen atoms may be replaced, up to perhalo substitution. Examples include trifluoromethyl, chloroethyl and 1 , 1-difluoroethyl.
The term "oxo" refers to a substituent =0 where the double bond is to a carbon atom in the ring or chain substituted with the oxo substituent so as to form a carbonyl moiety.
The term "isotopic variant" refers to isotopically-labelled compounds which are identical to those recited in formula (I) but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number most commonly found in nature, or in which the proportion of an atom having an atomic mass or mass number found less commonly in nature has been increased (the latter concept being referred to as "isotopic enrichment"). Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, iodine and chlorine such as 2H (deuterium), 3H, 1 1C, 13C, 14C, 18F, 1231 or 1251 (e.g. 3H, 1 1 C, 14C, 18F, 1231 or 1251), which may be naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring isotopes.
The concept of canonical forms is well understood by the person of skill in the art. Thus, a compound of general formula (I) can be represented as the following canonical forms:
Figure imgf000011_0001
both of which are included within the scope of the invention.
In some suitable compounds of the present invention, when R2 is ethyl, R3 is chloro and R10 is ethyl:
R1 is not C(0)NR5R6 or L2R12 where L2 is C(0)heterocyclyl and R12 is N(CH3)2.
In the compounds of the present invention, the R1 substituent is suitably at the 5- or the 6- position and thus the compound of general formula (I) can be a compound of general formula (IC):
Figure imgf000011_0002
(IC)
wherein R1 , R2, R3, R10 and X" are as defined for general formula (I); or a compound of general formula (ID):
Figure imgf000012_0001
(ID)
wherein R1 , R2, R3, R10 and X" are as defined for general formula (I). Compounds of general formula (IC) are particularly suitable. In some suitable compounds of general formula (I), R1 is:
H, halo; or Ci-e alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -0(Ci-e alkyl), -0(C2-e alkenyl) or -0(C2-e alkynyl), any of which is optionally substituted by one or more halo substituents.
More suitably in these compounds, R1 is H, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 haloalkoxy.
Examples of such R1 groups include H, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
In other suitable compounds of general formula (I), R1 is -L1 R11 , -0-L1 R11 , -OR5 -SO2R5, - C(0)OR5, -C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6; wherein L1 , R11 , R5, R6 and R7 are as defined above.
Suitably, L1 is C1-6 alkylene, more suitably C1-4 alkylene.
In some suitable compounds wherein R1 is -L1 R11, L1 is -(Chb where n is 1 to 6. In some suitable compounds where R1 is -0-L1-R11 , L1 is -(CH2)m-, where m is 1 to 5.
Still more suitably, n is 1 to 4 and m is 1 to 3. Examples of L1 and OL1 groups include -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2, -CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2-, -O-CH2-, -O-CH2-CH2- and -O-CH2-CH2- CH2-. Suitably, R11 is H, -NR7R8, -NR7-C(=NR9)N(R8)2, -NR7-C(0)0-R8, -NR7-C(0)-(Ci-3 alkylene)-N+(R8)3 or -N+(R8)3 where each R7, R8 and R9 is selected from H and Ci-4 alkyl.
More suitably, R7 is H, each R8 is independently H or Ci-4 alkyl and R9 is H.
When R11 is -NR7-C(0)-(Ci-3 alkylene)-N+(R8)3, the C1.3 alkylene group is suitably -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-, particularly -CH2-.
Examples of such R11 groups include -NH2, -NH-C(=NH)NH2, -NH-C(0)0-C(CH3)3, -NH- C(0)-CH2-N+(CH3)3 and -N+(CH3)3.
When R1 is -OR5, -C(0)OR5,-C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6, suitable R5 and R6 groups include H and C1-6 alkyl. When R1 is -S02R5, it is preferred that R5 is not H as these compounds may be unstable. Therefore, when R1 is -S02R5, suitably R5 is C1-6 alkyl.
Alternatively, R6 (when present) may be H and R5 may be a cyclic group, for example a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an oxo, for example a lactone such as gamma-butyrolactone, tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolidine, piperidine or piperazine group.
Examples of R1 groups of this type include -OCH3, -OCF3, -C(0)OCH3, -C(0)OH, -NH- -C(CH3)3, -C(=NH)NH2, -S02-CH3, -C(0)N(CH3)2 and:
Figure imgf000013_0001
In other compounds of general formula (I), R1 is -L2-R12 wherein L2 and R12 are as defined above. Suitably, in the linker group L2, independently or in any combination:
R7 is H;
carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl groups are 5- or 6-membered rings, suitably 6- membered rings;
the aryl group is phenyl;
heteroaryl groups are 5- or 6-membered nitrogen containing heteroaryl groups; Z12 and ZQ are alkylene groups optionally substituted as described above. More suitably in the linker L2, independently or in any combination:
R7 is H;
heterocyclyl groups are piperidinyl groups;
the heteroaryl group is:
Figure imgf000014_0001
where a is the link to the remainder of the molecule and b is the link to R12. Where Zi2 and Ze groups are substituted as described above, more suitable substituents include -N H2, -N(CH3)2, -C(0)N H2, -C(0)N (CH3)2, OH and halo.
More suitable substituents include -N H2, -C(0)N H2, OH and halo. The linker L2 is suitably
a bond;
-Ζι2-, -aryl-, -heteroaryl-, -carbocyclyl-, -heterocyclyl-,
-Z6-carbocyclyl-, -Z6-heterocyclyl-, -Z6-aryl-, -Z6-heteroaryl-;
-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -heterocyclyl-Z6-, -aryl-Z6-, -heteroaryl-Z6-;
-Z6-N R7-Z6-;
-ΟΖι2-, -O-aryl-, -O-heteroaryl-, -O-carbocyclyl-, -O-heterocyclyl-,
-OZ6-carbocyclyl-, -OZ6-heterocyclyl-, -OZ6-aryl-, -OZ6-heteroaryl-;
-0-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -0-heterocyclyl-Z6-, -0-aryl-Z6-, -0-heteroaryl-Z6-;
-OZ6-N R7-Z6-,
-C(0)-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-heterocyclyl-Z6-,
-C(0)N R7-, -C(0) N R7-Zi 2-, -C(0)N R7-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)N R7-Z6-carbocyclyl- Z6-, -C(0)N R7-Z6-heterocyclyl-Z6-;
-Z6-C(0)N R7-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)N R7-aryl-, -Z6-C(0) N R7-heteroaryl-, -Z6-C(0)N R7- -Z6- C(0)N R7-aryl-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)N R7-heteroaryl-Z6-;
wherein Zi2 and Ze groups are optionally substituted as described above.
More suitably, the linker L2 is:
a bond;
-Ζι2-, -aryl-, -heteroaryl-, -Z6-NR7-Z6-;
-OZ6-NR7-Z6-,
-C(0)-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-heterocyclyl-Z6-,
-C(0)NR7-, -C(0)NR7-Zi2-, - -C(0)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-
Ze-;
-Z6-C(0)NR7-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-aryl-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-heteroaryl-Z6-;
wherein Z12 and Ze groups are optionally substituted as described above. In these L2 groups, suitable R7, Z12, Ze, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are as defined above.
Examples of L2 linkers include:
A bond
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000015_0002
Figure imgf000015_0003
Figure imgf000015_0004
In the compounds of general formula (I), R12 is -NR14R15 or -G-R14 where G is a 5- to 10- membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more OH groups and containing at least one nitrogen atom which is connected by a covalent bond to the group
or 6- membered heterocyclic ring, more suitably piperidinyl, for example:
Figure imgf000016_0001
where the piperidinyl group is joined to L2 at a.
Suitably, each of R14 and R15 is independently C4-s alkyl optionally substituted with one or more OH groups.
Suitably, R14 and optionally R15 comprises two or more OH groups or three or more OH groups. Typically, in this case, when R14 and/or R15 is C4 alkyl it will have three OH substituents; when R14 and/or R15 is Cs alkyl it will have four OH substituents; when R14 and/or R15 is C6 alkyl it will have five OH substituents; when R14 and/or R15 is C7 alkyl it will have six OH substituents; and when R14 and/or R15 is Cs alkyl it will have seven OH substituents.
In some compounds, when R12 is -NR14R15, both R14 and R15 comprise a plurality of OH groups as discussed above.
In some other compounds, when R12 is -NR14R15, one of R14 and R15 has one or more OH substituents, suitably two or more OH groups, and the other of when R14 and R15 is unsubstituted. In other compounds both R14 and R15 contain one or more OH substituents. In other compounds of general formula (I), R1 is -L3-R13, wherein L3 and R13 are as defined above.
Suitably, L3 comprises a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally linked to an aryl heteroaryl group. Typically, both the carbocyclic or heterocyclic group and the aryl heteroaryl group will be 5- or 6-membered rings.
More suitably, L3 comprises a heterocyclic group, especially a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally linked to an aryl or heteroaryl group. Examples of suitable nitrogen containing heterocyclic groups include piperidine, piperazine and pyrrolidine, more suitably piperazine and piperidine and particularly piperidine. When the nitrogen containing heterocyclic group is piperidine or piperazine, the R13 group is suitably attached to the nitrogen at the 1 -position and the piperidine or piperazine ring is linked via the 4-position to the remainder of the molecule or (when present) to the aryl group which comprises the remainder of the L3 linker. When the heterocylic group is piperazine linked via the 4-position to a heteroaryl group, it will be linked to a carbon atom of the heteroaryl group. When the heterocyclic group is piperidine linked to a heteroaryl group, it can be linked to a carbon or a nitrogen atom of the heteroaryl group.
Suitably an aryl or heteroaryl group which forms a part of the L3 linker is a heteroaryl group, typically a nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group for example pyrazole, imidazole, pyrrole, pyridine or pyrazine.
Examples of L3 linkers include
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein a is the link to the remainder of the molecule and b is the link to R13.
The group R13 is H, -OR5 -S02R5, -C(0)OR5,-C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6; wherein R5, R6 and R7 are as defined above;
In some suitable compounds R13 is H.
In other compounds of this type, R13 is -OR5 -C(0)OR5, -C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6, where suitably, each R5, R6 and R7 group is independently selected from H and Ci-e alkyl. When R13 is -SO2R5, it is preferred that R5 is not H as these compounds may be unstable. Therefore, when R13 is -SO2R5, suitably R5 is C1-6 alkyl. Alternatively, R6 (when present) may be H and R5 may be a cyclic group, for example a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an oxo, for example a lactone such as gamma-butyrolactone, tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolidine, piperidine or piperazine group.
Examples of R13 groups of this type include -OCH3, -OCF3, -C(0)OCH3, -C(0)OH, -N H- -C(CH3)3, -C(=NH)NH2, -SO2-CH3, -C(0)N(CH3)2 and:
Figure imgf000018_0001
As mentioned above, R2 is C1-10 alkyl in which one or more -CH2- groups is optionally replaced by -O- and which is optionally substituted as defined above.
Suitably, R2 is -(CH2)SCH3 or (CI-bCI-bC t-H, either of which is optionally substituted as defined above; and wherein s is 0-9, more suitably 0-6; and t is 1-3, especially 2 or 3.
More suitable substituents for R2 include OR6, halo, NR6R7, phenyl or pyridyl, where R6 and R7 are as defined above. Particularly suitable substuents for R2 include OH, methoxy, ethoxy, halo, NH2, phenyl or pyridyl, particularly OH, phenyl or pyridyl. In some compounds of general formula (I), R2 is -(CH2)SCH3 and is optionally substituted with a single substituent as defined above.
In some such compounds of general formula (I) R2 is methyl, ethyl, benzyl, pyridylmethyl, -CH2OH, -CH2NH2, -CH2CH2OH or CH2CH2NH2.
In other particularly suitable compounds, R2 is -CH2CH2OCH2CH2OH or -CH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH2CH2OH
In some suitable compounds of general formula (I), R3 is halo, cyano or methyl, ethyl, thiomethyl or thioethyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more halo substituents.
More suitably, R3 is fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl or thiomethyl. In particularly suitable compounds, R3 is chloro, bromo, methyl or thiomethyl.
In the compounds of general formulae (I), R10 is suitably H or Ci-6 alky) optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, -OR6 and -NR6R7, wherein R6 and R7 are as defined above.
More suitably, R10 is H C1-4 alkyl, or more suitably H, methyl or ethyl optionally substituted as defined above. More suitably R10 is optionally substituted with a single substituent selected from halo, -OR6 and -NR6R7, wherein R6 and R7 are as defined above.
In particularly suitable compounds of general formula (I) R10 is methyl, ethyl, -CH2OH, - CH2NH2, -CH2CH2OH or CH2CH2NH2.
Some particularly suitable compounds of the present invention include those shown in Table 1 below, in which the numbers refer to the numbers of the Examples below.
Table 1
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
19
Figure imgf000021_0001
20
Figure imgf000022_0001
21
Figure imgf000023_0001
or alternative salts of the above compounds in which the anion is replaced by an alternative anion X" as defined above. Compounds of general formula (I) may be prepared by reacting a compound of general formula (II) or a salt thereof:
Figure imgf000024_0001
(II)
wherein R3 is as defined for general formula (I); with a salt of general formula (III):
Figure imgf000024_0002
(lll)
wherein R1, R2, Q , Q2 and X- are as defined for general formula (I).
Suitably the reaction is carried out under basic conditions in the presence of a coupling reagent. The basic conditions may be supplied by a non-nucleophilic base such as N,N- diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) or triethylamine. Suitable coupling reagents include 0-(7- Azabenzotriazol-1 -yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), O- (Benzotriazol-1-yl)-/V,/V,A/',/V'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν'- tetramethyl-0-(1 H-benzotriazol-1 -yl)uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) or a combination of 1 -ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC) with 1-hydroxy-7- azabenzotriazole (HOAt) or hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt).
The reaction may be conducted at a temperature of about 10 to 50°C, more usually at 15 to 30°C, or room temperature and in an organic solvent such as A/,A/-dimethylformamide.
Compounds of general formula (II) may be prepared by hydrolysis of a compound of general formula (V):
Figure imgf000025_0001
(V)
wherein R3 is as defined for general formula (I) R2 is Ci-e alkyl or benzyl. Suitably, the hydrolysis is base hydrolysis such that the compound of general formula (V) is reacted with a base, suitably a strong aqueous base such as lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide.
Compounds of general formula (V) are known and are readily available. Alternatively a compound of general formula (V) may be prepared from another compound of general formula (V).
For example, a compound of general formula (V) in which R3 is C1-3 alkyl may be prepared from a compound of general formula (V) in which R3 is halo, for example bromo, by reaction with a suitable alkyl borane derivative in the presence of a catalyst. Suitable alkyl borane derivatives include trimethyl boroxine when the required R3 group is methyl, or ethylboronic acid or a propylboronic acid when the required R3 group is ethyl or propyl.
Suitable catalysts include [1 ,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(ll). The reaction suitably takes place under an inert atmosphere, for example under nitrogen and at elevated temperature, for example from about 70 to 110°C and elevated pressure (e.g. in a pressure tube). Suitable solvents include ethers such as dimethylether.
Compounds of general formula (V) in which R3 is -CN may be prepared from compounds of general formula (V) in which R3 is halo, for example bromo, by reaction with a suitable cyanide salt. The reaction takes place in the presence of a copper (I) salt, for example copper (I) iodide and the cyanide salt is suitably copper(l) cyanide. The reaction may be catalysed with a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) and may take place at elevated pressure, for example in a pressure tube, and at a temperature of about 50 to 100°C, more usually 70 to 90°C, typically about 80°C. In some cases, a compound of general formula (V) may be converted directly to a compound of general formula (II) with a different R3 group. For example, a compound of general formula (V) in which R3 is halo, for example bromo, may be converted to a compound of general formula (II) in which R3 is -S(Ci-3 alkyl) by reaction with a compound of general formula (VI):
R22-S- Z+ (VI)
wherein R22 is Ci-3 alkyl and Z+ is a suitable cation, for example Na+ or K+.
The reaction is suitably catalysed, for example with a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) and may take place at elevated pressure, for example in a pressure tube, and at a temperature of about 30 to 80°C, more usually 40 to 60°C, typically about 50°C.
Alternatively, a compound of general formula (I) may be prepared by reacting a salt of general formula (III) as defined above with a compound of general formula (IV):
Figure imgf000026_0001
(IV)
wherein R3 is as defined for general formula (I). Suitably, the reaction is conducted at a temperature of about 10 to 50°C, more usually at 15 to 30°C, or room temperature and in an organic solvent such as Ν,Ν· dimethylformamide.
Compounds of general formula (IV) may be prepared by reacting a compound of general formula (V) as defined above with carbonyl diimidazole (CDI). Suitably the reaction takes place in an organic solvent such as / ,/V-dimethylformamide and at a temperature of from about 10 to 30°C, more usually 15 to 25°C or room temperature.
Compounds of general formula (I) may also be synthesised from other compounds of general formula (I), for example using the methods described in Examples 7, 18, 21 , 22 and 25 below. Compounds of general formula (III) may be prepared from compounds of general formula (VII)
Figure imgf000027_0001
(VII)
wherein R1, R2 and R10 are as defined for general formula (I);
R23 is O(Ci-e) alkyl optionally substituted with aryl, or aryl, optionally substituted with C(0)OH; and R24 is H; or
R23 and R24 together with the carbon and nitrogen atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring, optionally fused to an aryl or heteroaryl ring and optionally containing a further =0 substituent.
When R23 is 0(Ci-e) alkyl optionally substituted with aryl, or aryl, optionally substituted with C(0)OH; and R24 is H, the conversion to the compound of general formula (III) may be effected by reaction either with an acid, for example with hydrogen chloride solution, by an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide or with an organic base such as piperidine or morpholine. The reaction is suitably carried out at about 10 to 30°C, more usually 15 to 25°C or room temperature. The choice of acid or base will depend on the nature of the R23 group. Examples of individual R23 groups include methoxy, ethoxy, "propyloxy, 'propyloxy, "butyloxy, sbutyloxy, 'butyloxy, benzyloxy and fluorenylmethoxy. When R23 is alkoxy, the conversion to the compound of general formula (III) may be carried out under acidic conditions. For other R23 groups, particularly fluorenylmethoxy, basic conditions are more appropriate.
An example of cyclic N(R2 )C(0)R23 groups is 1 ,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1/-/-isoindol-2-yl (phthalimidyl).
When R23 and R24 together with the carbon and nitrogen atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of this type, the compound of general formula (III) may be synthesised by reacting the compound of general formula (VII) with hydrazine hydrate. Suitably, this reaction is carried out in an alcoholic solvent such as methanol and at elevated temperature, for example about 60-90°C, typically about 75°C.
Compounds of general formula (VII) may be prepared from compounds of general formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000028_0001
(VIII)
wherein R1 and R ° are as defined for general formula (I) and R23 and R24 are as defined for general formula (VII);
by reaction with a compound of general formula (IX):
R2-X1 (IX) wherein R2 is as defined for general formula (I) and X1 is a leaving group such as halo; or with a compound of general formula (IXA):
R2a-X1 (IXA)
wherein X1 is as defined above for general formula (IX) and R2a is a protected R2 group. For example, when the desired R2 group contains one or more OH moieties, these may be protected using standard protecting groups, for example silyl protecting groups such as trimethylsilyl (TMS), 'butyldimethylsilylfTBDMS) etc.
When the route via the compound of general formula (IXA) is used, the compound of general formula (VIII) is suitably one in which R23 is 0(Ci-6) alkyl optionally substituted with aryl, or aryl, optionally substituted with C(0)OH; and R24 is H; because, in this case, the silyl and carbonyloxy protecting groups can be removed using an acid such as hydrogen chloride solution.
In some cases, when a compound of general formula (IX) is reacted with a compound of general formula (VIII) in which N(R24)C(0)R23 is a cyclic group such as 1 ,3-dioxo-2,3- dihydro-1H-isoindol-2-yl, the reaction may be accompanied by ring opening. Thus a compound of general formula (VIII) in which N(R24)C(0)R23 is 1 , 3-d ioxo-2, 3-d i hydro- 1H- isoindol-2-yl may give rise to a product of general formula (VII) in which N(R2 )C(0)R23 is:
Figure imgf000029_0001
Some compounds of general formula (VIII) are known. For example, Intermediate 2 (see examples below) may be synthesised by the route set out in US 2015/0018314 A1.
Some compounds of general formula (VIII) may be synthesised from other compounds of general formula (VIII). For example, a compound of general formula (VIII) in which R1 is C(0)OR5, where R5 is other than H may be converted to a compound of general formula (VIII) in which R1 is C(0)OH by hydrolysis, for example with a base, suitably an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide. The compound in which R1 is C(0)OH may then be converted to a compound in which R1 is C(0)OR5, where R5 is other than H by reaction with a compound of general formula (X):
Figure imgf000029_0002
wherein R5 is as defined for general formula (I) except that it is not H and R25 is Ci-4 alkyl.
Compounds of general formula (VIII) can also be converted to other compounds of general formula (VIII) with a different R23 and/or R24 groups. For example when R23 is 0(Ci-6) alkyl optionally substituted with aryl, or aryl, optionally substituted with C(0)OH; and R24 is H, the compound of general formula (VIII) may be hydrolysed, for example by reaction with HCI in a solvent such as dioxane, to give a compound of general formula (XI):
Figure imgf000029_0003
wherein R and R10 are as defined in general formula (I).
The compound of general formula (X) may be re-protected to obtain a new compound of general formula (VIII), for example by reaction with a compound of general formula (XII):
Figure imgf000030_0001
(XII)
wherein R23 is as defined above for general formula (VII). The reaction may be conducted in the presence of a base such as trimethylamine in a polar organic solvent, for example dichloromethane and at a temperature of from 10 to 30°C, more usually 15 to 25°C, typically at room temperature.
Compounds of general formula (VIII) in which R23 is 0(Ci-6) alkyl optionally substituted with aryl, or aryl, optionally substituted with C(0)OH; and R24 is H may also be prepared from compounds of general formula (XIII :
Figure imgf000030_0002
(XIII)
wherein R and R10 are as defined for general formula (I);
by reaction with a compound of general formula (XIV):
Figure imgf000030_0003
(XIV)
wherein R23 is as defined above for general formula (VII).
The reaction suitably takes place in the presence of a base, typically a non-nucleophilic base, for example an amine such as /V,/V-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) or triethylamine and a peptide coupling agent, for example HATU, TBTU, HBTU or a combination EDC with HOAt or HOBt. The reaction is suitably conducted at a temperature of about 10 to 30°C, usually 15 to 25°C, for example at room temperature. Suitable reaction solvents include organic solvents such as Λ/,/V-dimethylformamide (DMF). Compounds of general formulae (XIII) and (XIV) are known and are readily available or may be prepared by methods known to those of skill in the art.
Alternatively, Compounds of general formula (XIII) may be prepared from compounds of general formula (XV):
Figure imgf000031_0001
(XV)
wherein R1 and R10 are as defined for general formula (I);
by catalytic hydrogenation, suitably using a palladium catalyst.
The hydrogenation is suitably carried out at 1 atmosphere pressure and at a temperature of about 10 to 30°C, usually 15 to 25°C, for example at room temperature. The product of general formula (XIII) can be reacted directly with a compound of general formula (XIV) as described above without further isolation or purification steps.
Compounds of general formula (XV) may be prepared from compounds of general formula (XVI):
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein R1 is as defined for general formula (I) and X2 is a leaving group, particularly a halo group such as chloro;
by reaction with a compound of general formula (XVII):
R10-NH2 (XVII) wherein R10 is as defined for general formula (I).
The reaction is suitably carried out under pressure, at a temperature of about 30-70°C, more usually about 40-60°C, typically about 50°C and in an organic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.
Compounds of general formulae (XVI) and (XVII) are known and are readily available or may be prepared by methods known to those of skill in the art. The compounds of general formula (I) are ENaC blockers and are therefore useful in the treatment or prevention of respiratory diseases and conditions.
Therefore in a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of general formula (I) for use in medicine.
Suitably, the compound of general formula (I) is for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition mediated by ENaC.
There is also provided:
· A compound of general formula (I) for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions.
• A compound of general formula (I) for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of skin conditions or ocular conditions.
The invention further provides:
• The use of a compound of general formula (I) in the preparation of an agent for the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions.
• The use of a compound of general formula (I) in the preparation of an agent for the treatment or prophylaxis of skin conditions or ocular conditions
There is also provided:
• A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions, the method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of general formula (I). • A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of skin conditions and ocular conditions, the method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound of general formula (I). Respiratory diseases and conditions which may be treated by the compounds of general formula (I) include cystic fibrosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, bronchiectasis, including non-cystic fibrosis bronchiectasis, and asthma. Skin conditions which may be treated by the compounds of the present invention include psoriasis, atopic dermatitis and ichthyosis.
Ocular conditions which may be treated by the compounds of the present invention included dry eye disease (keratoconjunctivitus sicca).
The patient to be treated is suitably a mammal and more suitably a human.
The compounds of general formula (I) may be administered in a pharmaceutical composition and therefore in a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of general formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Other pharmacologically active materials may also be present, as considered appropriate or advisable for the disease or condition being treated or prevented. The carrier, or, if more than one be present, each of the carriers, must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient.
The formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, bronchial (inhaled), topical (including dermal, transdermal, eye drops, buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) administration and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy.
The route of administration will depend upon the condition to be treated but preferred compositions are formulated for oral, nasal, bronchial (inhaled) or topical administration. Compositions for bronchial administration by inhalation are preferred as they particularly suitable for the treatment of respiratory conditions.
Topical formulations for administration as eye drops are also preferred and are particularly suitable for the treatment of dry eye disease.
Topical formulations for application to the skin are also preferred and are particularly suitable for the treatment of skin conditions such as psoriasis, atopic dermatitis and ichthyosis.
The composition may be prepared by bringing into association the above defined active agent with the excipient. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active agent with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then if necessary shaping the product. The invention extends to methods for preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising bringing a compound of general formula (I) in conjunction or association with a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable carrier or vehicle.
Formulations for oral administration in the present invention may be presented as: discrete units such as capsules, sachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active agent; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension of the active agent in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water in oil liquid emulsion; or as a bolus etc. For compositions for oral administration (e.g. tablets and capsules), the term "acceptable carrier" includes vehicles such as common excipients e.g. binding agents, for example syrup, acacia, gelatin, sorbitol, tragacanth, polyvinylpyrrolidone (Povidone), methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sucrose and starch; fillers and carriers, for example corn starch, gelatin, lactose, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, dicalcium phosphate, sodium chloride and alginic acid; and lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium stearate and other metallic stearates, glycerol stearate, stearic acid, silicone fluid, talc waxes, oils and colloidal silica. Flavouring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, cherry flavouring and the like can also be used. It may be desirable to add a colouring agent to make the dosage form readily identifiable. Tablets may also be coated by methods well known in the art. A tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active agent in a free flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface-active or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active agent. Other formulations suitable for oral administration include lozenges comprising the active agent in a flavoured base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active agent in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active agent in a suitable liquid carrier. For topical application to the skin, compounds of general formula (I) may be made up into a cream, ointment, jelly, solution or suspension etc. Cream or ointment formulations that may be used for the drug are conventional formulations well known in the art, for example, as described in standard text books of pharmaceutics such as the British Pharmacopoeia. Compounds of general formula (I) may be used for the treatment of the respiratory tract by nasal, bronchial or buccal administration of, for example, aerosols or sprays which can disperse the pharmacological active ingredient in the form of a powder or in the form of drops of a solution or suspension. Pharmaceutical compositions with powder-dispersing properties usually contain, in addition to the active ingredient, a liquid propellant with a boiling point below room temperature and, if desired, adjuncts, such as liquid or solid non- ionic or anionic surfactants and/or diluents. Pharmaceutical compositions in which the pharmacological active ingredient is in solution contain, in addition to this, a suitable propellant, and furthermore, if necessary, an additional solvent and/or a stabiliser. Instead of the propellant, compressed air can also be used, it being possible for this to be produced as required by means of a suitable compression and expansion device.
Parenteral formulations will generally be sterile.
Compounds of general formula (I) may be used in combination with one or more other active agents which are useful in the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions. An additional active agent of this type may be included in the pharmaceutical composition described above but alternatively it may be administered separately, either at the same time as the compound of general formula (I) or at an earlier or later time. Therefore in a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a product comprising a compound of general formula (I) and an additional agent useful in the treatment or prevention of respiratory conditions as a combined preparation for simultaneous, sequential or separate use in the treatment of a disease or condition mediated by ENaC and especially a respiratory disease or condition, for example one of the diseases and conditions mentioned above.
Suitable additional active agents which may be included in a pharmaceutical composition or a combined preparation with the compounds of general formula (I) include: β2 adrenoreceptor agonists such as metaproterenol, isoproterenol, isoprenaline, albuterol, salbutamol, formoterol, salmeterol, indacaterol, terbutaline, orciprenaline, bitolterol mesylate and pirbuterol; antihistamines, for example histamine Hi receptor antagonists such as loratadine, cetirizine, desloratadine, levocetirizine, fexofenadine, astemizole, azelastine and chlorpheniramine or H4 receptor antagonists; dornase alpha; corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, flunisolide, triamcinolone acetonide, beclomethasone dipropionate, budesonide, fluticasone propionate mometasone furoate and fluticasone furoate;
Leukotriene antagonists such as montelukast and zafirlukast;
Antibiotics. EXAMPLES A. SYNTHESIS OF INTERMEDIATES
All reactions involving moisture-sensitive reagents were carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere using standard vacuum line techniques and oven-dried glassware. Commercial anhydrous solvents were used in reactions and HPLC grade solvents were employed for work-up and chromatography. Water was purified using an Elix UV-5 system. All other reagents were used as supplied without prior purification. Microwave experiments were carried out using a Biotage lnitiator+. Flash column chromatography was carried out using a Biotage Isolera 4 using Biotage SNAP columns. NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance III HD 500 MHz or a Bruker Avance III HD 250 MHz using the solvent as internal deuterium lock. Spectra were recorded at room temperature unless otherwise stated. Analytical LCMS were carried out on the following systems: System A: stationary phase: Kinetex Core-Shell C18 2.1 x 50 mm, 5 μιη, 40 °C; detection UV 215 nm-ELS-MS; mobile phase: A, water + 0.1% formic acid; B, MeCN + 0.1% formic acid; gradient (A:B ratio, time): 95:5-0:100, 1.20 min; 100:0, 0.10 min; 100:0-5:95, 0.01 min; System B: stationary phase: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 2.0 x 50 mm, 3 μιτι, 40 °C; detection UV 215 nm-ELS-MS; mobile phase: A, 2 mM NH4HCO3 pH 10; B, MeCN; gradient (A:B ratio, time): 99:1-0:100, 1.80 min; 100:0, 0.30 min; 100:0-1 :99, 0.20 min; 1 :99, 1.20 min; System C: stationary phase: Phenomenex Kinetix-XB C18 2.1 x 100 mm, 1.7 pm, 40 °C; detection UV 215 nm-ELS-MS; mobile phase: A, water + 0.1% formic acid; B, MeCN + 0.1% formic acid; gradient (A:B ratio, time): 95:5-0:100, 5.30 min; 100:0, 0.50 min; 100:0-5:95, 0.02 min; 5:95, 1.18 min. Preparative HPLC purification was carried out using the following conditions: stationary phase: Waters Sunfire 30 x 100 mm, 10 pm; detection UV 215 and 254 nm; mobile phase A: water + 0.1% formic acid; B: MeCN +0.1 % formic acid; gradient: 5 - 95% solvent B over 14 min; flowrate: 40 ml/min.
The following abbreviations and terms have the indicated meanings throughout: AcOH glacial acetic acid
atm atmosphere
br broad
CDI 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole
CV column volumes
dd doublet of doublets
DIPEA Λ/,/V-diisopropylethylamine
DMF W,A/-dimethylformamide
DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
dppf 1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene
EDC.HCI A/-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-/\/'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
ELS evaporative light scattering
ESI electrospray ionisation EtOAc ethyl acetate
HATU 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazolo[4,5-Jb]pyridiniurn 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate
HBTU 3-[bis(dimethylamino)methyliumyl]-3H-benzotriazol-1 -oxide hexafluorophosphate HOAt 1 -hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography
LC/MS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
m multiplet
MeCN acetonitrile
MeOH methanol
NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
q quartet
RT room temperature
Rt retention time
s singlet
t triplet
TBTU 0-(Benzotriazol-1-yl)-/N/,/N/,/\/',/\/'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
TFA trifluoroacetic acid
THF tetrahydrofuran
XPhos-Pd-G2 chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-1 , 1 -biphenyl)[2-(2'- amino-1 ,1 '-biphenyl)]palladium(ll)
Synthesis of lithium 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate: Intermediate 1
Figure imgf000038_0001
2 M aq. LiOH solution (65 ml, 130 mmol) was added over 5 min to a suspension of methyl 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate (15.0 g, 64.7 mmol) in MeOH (75 ml) at RT. The reaction was heated at 50 °C for 3 h. The reaction solution was concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeOH. The resulting aqueous suspension was filtered under vacuum, then the resulting brown solid was washed with the minimum of water, followed by the minimum of MeCN, and then dried until constant weight under vacuum at 40 °C to afford the product as a brown solid (10.3 g). The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and then suspended in the minimum of water (~30 ml). The precipitated solid was filtered under vacuum, then washed with the minimum of water and MeCN and then the resulting brown solid was dried until constant weight under vacuum to afford an additional batch of product as a brown solid (2.00 g). The two batches were combined as a MeCN suspension then evaporated and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a brown solid (12.3 g, 85%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.12 - 6.65 (m, 3H). LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 218 [M(79Br)H+], 220 [M(81Br)H+]), Rt = 0.69 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of 5-bromo-3-(1 W-imidazole-1-carbonyl)pyrazin-2-amine: Intermediate 2
Figure imgf000039_0001
CDI (2.23 g, 13.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of commercial 3-amino-6- bromopyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (2.00 g, 9.17 mmol) in DMF (20 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled (0 °C) then diluted with water (20 ml). The solid was collected by filtration then washed with the minimum volume of water and cooled (0 °C) MeCN then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (2.23 g, 86%).
Ή NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.55 (s, 2H), 7.96 - 7.82 (m, 3H), 7.15 - 7.07 (dm, 1 H). LC/MS (System A, MeOH quench): m/z (ESI+) = 232 [Methyl ester M(79Br)H+], 234 [Methyl ester M(81Br)H+]), Rt = 0.87 min, UV purity = 95%.
Synthesis of lithium 3-amino-6-iodopyrazine-2-carboxylate: Intermediate 3
Figure imgf000039_0002
Aqueous LiOH solution (2.0 M, 0.72 ml, 1.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of methyl 3-amino-6-iodopyrazine-2-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.72 mmol) in MeOH (3.5 ml) at RT. The reaction was heated at 50 °C for 1.5 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeOH. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid thus obtained was washed with the minimum volume of water (0.5 ml) and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a brown solid (40 mg, 20%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-c/e) δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 2H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 265 [MH+], Rt = 0.78 min, UV purity = 97% Synthesis of methyl 3-amino-6-methylpyrazine-2-carboxylate: Intermediate 4
Figure imgf000040_0001
K2CO3 (0.89 g, 6.46 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine- 2-carboxylate (0.75 g, 3.23 mmol) in anhydrous DME (15 ml) in a pressure tube. Trimethylboroxine (0.99 ml, 3.56 mmol) was added then the resulting brown suspension was de-gassed by bubbling a stream of nitrogen through the reaction mixture for 5 min. Pd(dppf)2C (0.13 g, 0.16 mmol) was added then the pressure tube was flushed with nitrogen and sealed. The reaction was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h then allowed to cool to RT. The resulting suspension was filtered then the solid thus obtained was washed with EtOAc (20 ml). The combined filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (50 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 0:100 to 50:50 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a light yellow solid (470 mg, 87%).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.18 (s, 1 H), 7.11 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H). LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 168 [MH+], Rt = 0.68 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of lithium 3-amino-6-methylpyrazine-2-carboxylate: Intermediate 5
Figure imgf000040_0002
Aqueous LiOH solution (2.0 M, 4.3 ml, 8.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of methyl 3-amino-6-methylpyrazine-2-carboxylate, Intermediate 4 (464 mg, 2.78 mmol) in MeOH (5 ml) at RT. The reaction was heated at 50 °C for 1 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeOH. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid thus obtained was washed with the minimum volume of water (1 ml) and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (395 mg, 89%).
H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 7.91 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (s, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 154 [MH+], Rt = 0.33 min. Synthesis of methyl 3-amino-6-ethylpyrazine-2-carboxylate: Intermediate 6
Figure imgf000041_0001
Pd(dppf)CI2 (158 mg, 0.215 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 3-amino-6- bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate (1.00 g, 4.31 mmol), ethylboronic acid (0.637 g, 8.62 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.79 g, 12.9 mmol) in DME (20 ml). The resultant suspension was de-gassed by bubbling a stream of nitrogen through the reaction mixture for 1 min. The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 17 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction was recharged with ethylboronic acid (318 mg, 4.31 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (79 mg, 0.11 mmol) then heated at 90 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT then added to saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (40 ml). The resultant mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x40 ml) then the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (40 ml), dried over MgS0 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (50 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 6:94 to 50:50 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a yellow solid (322 mg, 41 %).
Ή NMR (250 MHz, CDC ) δ 8.14 (s, 1 H), 6.27 (s, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 2.79 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 182 [MH+], Rt = 0.81 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of lithium 3-amino-6-ethylpyrazine-2-carboxylate: Intermediate 7
Figure imgf000041_0002
Aqueous LiOH solution (2.0 M, 1.8 ml, 3.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of methyl 3-amino-6-ethylpyrazine-2-carboxylate, Intermediate 6 (322 mg, 1.78 mmol) in MeOH (5 ml) at RT. The reaction was heated at 50 °C for 2 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeOH. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid thus obtained was washed with the minimum volume of water (0.5 ml) and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (306 mg, 99%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 7.94 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (s, 2H), 2.59 - 2.51 (m, 2H), 1.11 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 168 [MH+], Rt = 0.68 min, UV purity = 100%. Synthesis of 3-amino-6-(meth lsulfanyl)pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid: Intermediate 8
Figure imgf000042_0001
A solution of methyl 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate (500 mg, 2.16 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (124 mg, 0.108 mmol) and sodium
methanethiolate (306 mg, 4.31 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was sealed in a nitrogen flushed pressure tube. The pressure tube was heated at 50 °C for 2 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 ml) then washed with hydrochloric acid (1 M, 2 x 25 ml). A precipitate formed, which was removed by filtration. The filtrate was dried over MgS04 and evaporated. The crude material thus obtained was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (60 g). The column was eluted with MeC iHiO + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a dark yellow solid (77 mg, 19%).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.89 (s, 1 H), 8.24 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (s, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H). LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 186 [MH+], Rt = 0.72 min, UV purity = 98%.
Synthesis of methyl 3-amino-6-cyanopyrazine-2-carboxylate: Intermediate 9
Figure imgf000042_0002
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (176 mg, 0.152 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 3-amino-6-iodopyrazine-2-carboxylate (350 mg, 1.25 mmol) and Cul (167 mg, 0.878 mmol) in DMF (8 ml) in a pressure tube. The reaction tube was flushed with nitrogen then CuCN (225 mg, 2.51 mmol) was added. The tube was sealed then heated at 80 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, then added onto saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (25 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (25 ml) then dried over MgS04, filtered, then concentrated in vacuo to a pale yellow oil. The crude material was transferred onto a C18 Samplet®, dried under vacuum, and then purified by flash column chromatography on silica (25 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 12:88 to 100:0 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to afford the product as a white solid (23 mg, 10%).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.48 (s, 1 H), 8.1 1 (s, 1 H), 5.85 (s, 1 H), 4.02 (s, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 179 [MH+], Rt = 0.75 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of 3-amino-6-cyanopyrazine-2-carboxylic acid: Intermediate 10
Figure imgf000043_0001
Aq. LiOH solution (2.0 M, 0.13 ml, 0.16 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 3-amino- 6-cyanopyrazine-2-carboxylate, Intermediate 9 (25 mg, 0.14 mmol) in THF (1 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h then added onto aq. HCI solution (2 M, 5 ml). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 ml) then the combined organic phases were dried over MgS0 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (21 mg, 91 %).
Ή NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.68 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.09 (s, 1 H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI ) = 163 [(M-H) ], Rt = 0.29 min.
Synthesis of 2-[(1 -ethyl-6-methoxy-1 HA ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1 H- isoindole-1 ,3-dione: Intermediate 11
Figure imgf000043_0002
Intermediate 1 1 was synthesised according to literature procedures (US 2015/0018314 A1 ).
Synthesis of 2-[(1 ,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1 W-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1 -ethyl-6-methoxy- 3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 12
Figure imgf000044_0001
lodomethane (590 μΙ, 9.47 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-[(1-ethyl-6-methoxy- 1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1 H-isoindole-1 ,3-dione, Intermediate 11 (1 .59 g, 4.74 mmol) in MeCN (13 ml) in a pressure tube. The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 4 h then allowed to cool to RT. The resulting suspension was reduced to approximately half of the original volume under a stream of nitrogen. The solid was collected by filtration then washed with further MeCN (3 ml) to yield the product as a white solid (1.99 g, 87%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.01 - 7.84 (m, 5H), 7.62 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 4.71 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.1 1 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 1.42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 350 [M+], Rt = 0.87 min, UV purity = 99%.
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3- ium iodide: Intermediate 13
Figure imgf000044_0002
Hydrazine hydrate (1.17 ml, 24.0 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-[(1 ,3-dioxo-2,3- dihydro-1 /-/-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1 -ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 12 (2.29 g, 4.80 mmol) in MeOH (25 ml). The mixture was heated at 75 °C for 1 h. The reaction was concentrated to dryness and the resulting solid was suspended in CH2CI2:MeOH (10:1 ). The solid was collected by filtration and washed with CH2CI2. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to afford the product as a pale brown solid (1.60 g, 96%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 7.91 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.58 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1 .42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 220 [M+], Rt = 0.14 min, ELS purity = 100%. Synthesis of 2-[(1 ,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1 ,3-diethyl-6- methoxy-1W-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 14
Figure imgf000045_0001
lodoethane (715 μΙ, 8.95 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-[(1 -ethyl-6-methoxy-1 H- 1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1 /-/-isoindole-1 ,3-dione, Intermediate 11 (3.00 g, 8.95 mmol) in MeCN (20 ml). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 4 h. lodoethane (715 μΙ, 8.95 mmol) was added and mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 16 h. lodoethane (715 μΙ, 8.95 mmol) was added and mixture was stirred at 80 °C for a further 24 h the allowed to cool to RT. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to approximately one third of the original volume. The precipitate was collected by filtration then washed with MeCN to afford a grey solid (2.6 g). The filtrate was concentrated to afford a dark grey solid. The two batches of solid thus obtained were combined and suspended in MeCN (20 ml), lodoethane (715 μΙ, 8.95 mmol) was added then the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 18 h then at 100 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was split into two equal portions in pressure tubes, lodoethane (300 μΙ, 3.75 mmol) was added to both reaction mixtures then the pressure tubes were sealed and left to heat at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixtures were allowed to cool to RT then combined. The resultant mixture was concentrated in vacuo to ~5 ml then filtered. The collected solid was washed with the minimum of MeCN (0.5 ml) to yield the product as a grey solid (2.37 g). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a dark brown solid, which was triturated with EtOAc (-10 ml) and filtered. The filtrate was left to stand overnight then it was filtered again. The solids obtained from the EtOAc filtrations were combined and dried to yield an additional batch of the product as a grey solid (1.24 g). The two batches of product obtained were combined as an EtOAc suspension then evaporated and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a grey solid (3.61 g, 81 %).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.02 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 - 7.86 (m, 4H), 7.63 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 4.67 (m, 4H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 1.49 - 1 .33 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 365 [M+], Rt = 0.93 min, UV purity = 99%. Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-1 ,3-diethyl-6-methoxy-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 15
Figure imgf000046_0001
Hydrazine hydrate (1.18 ml, 24.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-[(1 ,3-dioxo-2,3- dihydro-1 /-/-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1 ,3-diethyl-6-methoxy-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 14 (2.37 g, 4.82 mmol) in MeOH (25 ml). The mixture was then heated at 75 °C for 2.5 h then left to cool to RT over 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the resulting solid was suspended in ChfeCbiMeOH (10:1 ) then filtered. The collected solid was washed with CH2CI2. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to afford the product as a grey solid (1.89 g, >99%).
Ή NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 7.95 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.58 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.57 (m, 4H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.43 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 234 [M+], Rt = 0.16 min, ELS purity = 92%.
Synthesis of fert-butyl /V-[(1-ethyl-6-methoxy-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-2- yl)methyl]carbamate : Intermediate 16
Figure imgf000046_0002
HATU (8.53 g, 22.3 mmol) and DIPEA (7.1 ml, 41 mmol) were added to a solution of N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl)glycine (3.93 g, 22.4 mmol) in DMF (40 ml). The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 0.5 h then a solution of 1-A/-ethyl-5-methoxybenzene-1 ,2-diamine (3.39 g, 20.4 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added. The reaction was left to stir at RT for 80 min then the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) and water (150 ml). The phases were separated then the organic phase was washed with water (3 x 150 ml) and brine (150 ml). The combined organic phases were dried over Na2S04 then concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude intermediate as a dark red viscous oil. The intermediate was taken up in AcOH (40 ml) and the resulting solution was stirred at 60 °C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was then dissolved in EtOAc (200 ml) then the pH was adjusted to 9 by the addition of saturated aq. NaHC03 solution. The phases were separated and the organic phase was washed with water (2 x 150 ml) and brine (150 ml), then dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product as a dark red oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (340 g). The column was eluted with CH2Cl2:MeOH, increasing the gradient linearly from 100:0 to 92:8 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to a viscous dark red oil which solidified on standing to yield the product as a dark red solid (5.02 g, 77%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 7.47 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.78 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.39 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.28 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). NMR purity = 85%
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 306 [MH+], Rt = 0.88 min, UV purity = 96%.
Synthesis of 2-({[(fert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6- methoxy-1 W-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium bromide: Intermediate 17
Figure imgf000047_0001
(2-Bromoethoxy)(tert-butyl)dimethylsilane (1.66 g, 6.96 mmol) was added to a suspension of tert-butyl A/-[(1-ethyl-6-methoxy-1 /- -1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]carbamate, Intermediate 16 (85%, 500 mg, 1.39 mmol) in MeCN (5 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 0.5 h then at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT then additional (2-bromoethoxy)(te/f- butyl)dimethylsilane (1.00 g, 4.18 mmol) was added. The tube was sealed then the reaction was left to stir at 100 °C for a further 24 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool then concentrated in vacuo to a red oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (25 g). The column was eluted with CH2CI2:MeOH, increasing the gradient linearly from 100:0 to 90:10 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield a viscous dark red oil (615 mg). The material was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (30 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10 - 36%; 36%, 2 CV; 36 - 50%, 4 CV; 50 - 100%, 3 CV; 100%, 3 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a viscous dark red oil (278 mg, 43%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.28 (s, 1 H), 7.99 - 7.84 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.76 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.71 - 4.65 (m, 2H), 4.59 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.77 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (s, 2H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 9H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 350 [M+], Rt = 0.88 min, UV purity = 92%.
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-1 -ethyl-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6-methoxy-1 W-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride chloride: Intermediate 18
Figure imgf000048_0001
Hydrogen chloride solution in dioxane (4.0 M, 1.2 ml, 4.8 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-({[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6-methoxy-1 H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium bromide, Intermediate 17 (90%, 227 mg, 0.47 mmol) in MeCN (3 ml).
The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a dark purple solid (153 mg, 99%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.89 (s, 3H), 8.03 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.3 Hz,
1 H), 7.35 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.82 - 4.73 (m, 4H), 4.69 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s,
3H), 3.80 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 2H), 1.45 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System B): m/z (ESI+) = 250 [M+], Rt = 1.58 min, UV purity = 99%. Synthesis of 2-{[(2-carboxyphenyl)formamido]methyl}-1-ethyl-3-{2-[2-(2- hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-6-methoxy-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 19
H
Figure imgf000048_0002
A mixture of 2-[(1-ethyl-6-methoxy-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1 H- isoindole-1 ,3-dione, Intermediate 11 (2.00 g, 5.96 mmol) and 2-[2-(2- iodoethoxy)ethoxy]ethan-1-ol (90%, 8.62 g, 29.8 mmol) in MeCN (15 ml) was heated at 130 °C in a sealed tube for 16 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10 - 14%, 2 CV; 14 - 18%, 1 CV; 18 - 27%, 2 CV; 27 - 31 CV, 0.5 CV; 31 - 60%, 0.5 CV; 60 - 100%, 1 CV; 100%, 1 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a yellow amorphous solid (1.72 g, 47%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 12.97 - 12.91 (m, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.37 (td, J = 7.5, 1.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 5.04 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 4.91 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.77 - 4.62 (m, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.83 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.51 - 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.43 - 3.39 (m, 4H), 3.36 - 3.28 (m, 2H + HDO), 1.41 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). NMR purity = 92%
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 486 [M+], Rt = 0.80 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-1 -ethyl-3-{2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-6- methoxy-1W-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 20
Figure imgf000049_0001
Hydrazine hydrate (639 μΙ, 13.2 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-{[(2- carboxyphenyl)formamido]methyl}-1-ethyl-3-{2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-6- methoxy-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 19 (92%, 1.52 g, 2.28 mmol) in MeOH (12 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed and the reaction solution was heated at 75 °C for 3.5 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT then stirred at RT for 64 h. Additional hydrazine hydrate (639 μΙ, 13.2 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at 75 °C for a further 18 h, then at 80 °C for a further 24 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT then concentrated in vacuo to an orange solid. The solid thus obtained was suspended in CH2CI2:MeOH (9:1 , 30 ml) then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a viscous orange oil (1.21 g, 83%).
LC/MS (System B): m/z (ESI+) = 338 [M+], Rt = 1.41 min, UV purity = 84% Synthesis of 2-[(6-chloro-1-ethyl-1«-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1H- isoindole-1,3-dione: Intermediate 21
Figure imgf000050_0001
A mixture of A/-phthaloylglycine (2.15 g, 10.5 mmol), TBTU (3.52 g, 1 1.0 mmol) and NEt3 (2.31 ml, 13.0 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (30 ml) was stirred at RT for 45 min. A solution of 5-chloro-1-A/-ethylbenzene-1 ,2-diamine (1.70 g, 9.96 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction mixture was added to saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (100 ml) which caused a pale brown solid to precipitate from solution. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under vacuum. The solid thus obtained was triturated in MeCN then filtered and dried under vacuum to afford the intermediate as a pale pink solid (5.4 g). The solid thus obtained was added portion-wise to acetic acid (30 ml). The resulting suspension was heated at 100 °C for 45 min then allowed to cool to RT over 16 h. The resulting suspension was filtered and washed with EtOAc then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a pale pink solid (585 mg). The solid was suspended in MeCN (5 ml) then MeCN:water (1 :1 , 1 ml) was added. The resulting suspension was filtered then the solid was dried under vacuum to afford the product as a pale pink solid (430 mg, 13%). The filtrate was again filtered, then the solid was washed with EtOAc and dried under vacuum to afford a second batch of product as a pale pink solid (2.00 g). The solid was suspended in MeCN (20 ml) then MeCN:water (1 :1 , 5 ml) was added. The resulting suspension was filtered then the solid was dried under vacuum to afford second batch of the product as a pale pink solid (1.33 g, 38%). The two batches of product were combined as a suspension in MeCN then concentrated and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a pale pink solid (1.76 g, 51 %).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.02 - 7.85 (m, 4H), 7.76 (d, J - 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.15 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 4.39 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 340 [M(35CI)H+], 342 [M(37CI)H+], Rt = 1.12 min, UV purity = 99%.
Synthesis of 6-chloro-2-[(1 ,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1 W-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1 -ethyl-3- methyl-1W-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 22
Figure imgf000051_0001
Γ
A mixture of 2-[(6-chloro-1-ethyl-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1H- isoindole-1 ,3-dione, Intermediate 21 (600 mg, 1.77 mmol) and iodomethane (330 μΙ, 5.30 mmol) in MeCN (6 ml) was heated at 75 °C in a sealed tube for 1.5 h then allowed to cool to RT. lodomethane (165 μΙ, 2.65 mmol) was added then the reaction was heated at 80 °C for 5 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT then filtered to afford a solid which was washed with MeCN and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (644 mg, 73%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.40 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.13 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (m, 4H), 7.79 (dd, J = 8.9, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 4.74 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (s, 3H), 1.43 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 354 [M(35CI)+], 356 [M(37CI)+], Rt = 0.90 min, UV purity = 97%. Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-6-chloro-1-ethyl-3-methyl-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 23
Figure imgf000051_0002
Hydrazine hydrate (446 μΙ, 9.17 mmol) was added to a suspension of 6-chloro-2-[(1 ,3- dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-ethyl-3-methyl-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 22 (640 mg, 1.33 mmol) in MeOH (8 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed and heated at 75 °C for 3 h then allowed to cool to RT. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid was washed with MeOH (10 ml). The filtrate was evaporated to dryness to afford an orange solid, which was suspended in CH2CI2 (10 ml) then filtered and washed through with CH2CI2. The solid thus obtained was suspended in CH2CI2 (10 ml). A few drops of MeOH were added and the suspension was sonicated. The resulting suspension was filtered then the solid was dried under vacuum to afford the product as an off-white solid (360mg, 77%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.31 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.60 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 1.41 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 224 [M(35CI)+], 226 [M(37CI)+], Rt = 0.16 min, ELS purity = 100%.
Synthesis of ferf-butyl A/-[(1-ethyl-6-fluoro-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-2- yl)methyl]carbamate: Intermediate 24
Figure imgf000052_0001
A solution of 2-{[(fe/t-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}acetic acid (1.70 g, 9.73 mmol), HATU (4.07 g, 10.7 mmol) and DIPEA (3.39 ml, 19.5 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (20 ml) was stirred at RT for 20 min. A solution of 1-/V-ethyl-5-fluorobenzene-1 ,2-diamine (1.05 g, 9.73 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 ml) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured onto saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (80 ml). EtOAc (100 ml) and water (50 ml) were added then the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 ml) then the combined organic phases were washed with water (4 x 50 ml) and brine (50 ml), then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford the intermediate as a black oil (4 g). The intermediate was dissolved in acetic acid (30 ml) then heated at 60 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT then stirred at RT for 16 h. The resulting mixture was evaporated then the resulting residue was partitioned between EtOAc (150 ml) and water (100 ml). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (50 ml) then the combined organic phases were washed with water (4 x 50 ml) and brine (50 ml), then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to a black solid (4 g). The solid was dissolved in the minimum of CH2CI2/MeOH then evaporated onto silica (9 g). The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (120 g). The column was eluted with CH2Cl2:MeOH, increasing the gradient linearly from 100:0 to 95:5 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to a black solid (2.9 g). The solid thus obtained was dissolved in EtOAc (100 ml) and extracted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (3 x 50 ml) and water (50 ml) then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to a black solid (2.5 g). The solid was dissolved in the minimum of ChfeC /MeOH then evaporated onto silica (10 g). The material was further purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (120 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 0:100 to 100:0 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to afford the product as a pink solid (1.78 g, 62%).
H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 7.56 (dd, J = 8.8, 4.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 - 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.01 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.24 (q, J - 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.45 - 1.20 (m, 12H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 294 [MH+], Rt = 0.92 min, UV purity = 100%. Synthesis of 2-({[(iert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-6-fluoro-3-methyl-1 H- 1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 25
Figure imgf000053_0001
lodomethane (497 μΙ, 7.98 mmol) was added to a suspension of tert-butyl A/-[(1-ethyl-6- fluoro-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]carbamate, Intermediate 24 (0.78 g, 2.66 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (12 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then heated at 75 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT then concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (1.16 g, 99%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.14 - 8.04 (m, 2H), 7.94 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 - 7.56 (m, 1 H), 4.73 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 1.38 (m, 12H). LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 308 [M+], Rt = 0.87 min, UV purity = 99%. Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-1 -ethyl-6-fluoro-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide: Intermediate 26
Figure imgf000054_0001
HCI solution in dioxane (4.0 M, 3.3 ml, 13.2 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-({[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-6-fluoro-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 25 (1.16 g, 2.66 mmol) in MeCN (5 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 0.5 h then concentrated in vacuo. The solid was azeotroped with MeCN (10 ml) then dried under vacuum to yield the product as a yellow/green solid (870 mg, 88%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.21 (s, 3H), 8.25 - 8.14 (m, 2H), 7.69 (td, J = 9.3, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.70 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (s, 3H), 1 .42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 208 [M+], Rt = 0.14 min, ELS purity = 100%.
Synthesis of ferf-butyl /V-{[1-ethyl-6-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-2- yl]methyl}carbamate: Intermediate 27
Figure imgf000054_0002
Intermediate 27 was synthesised according to literature procedures (WO 2009019506 A1 ).
Synthesis of 2-({[(feri-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1-ethyl-3-methyl-6- (trifluoromethyl)- AV-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 28
Figure imgf000054_0003
lodomethane (381 μΙ, 6.12 mmol) was added to a suspension of tert-butyl /V-{[1-ethyl-6- (trifluoromethyl)-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl]methyl}carbamate, Intermediate 27 (700 mg, 2.04 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (10 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed and heated at 75 °C for 8 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (1.01 g, >99%).
1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.29 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.73 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (s, 3H), 1.40 (m, 12H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 358 [M+], Rt = 0.91 min, UV purity = 98%.
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-1 -ethyl-3-methyl-6-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide: Intermediate 29
Figure imgf000055_0001
Γ
HCI solution in dioxane (4.0 M, 2.8 ml, 11 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-{{[{tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-3-methyl-6-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol- 3-ium iodide, Intermediate 28 (1.07 g, 2.21 mmol) in MeCN (5 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 h then concentrated in vacuo to yield the product as an off-white solid (875 mg, 94%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.14 (s, 3H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 8.38 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.14 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.84 (m, 4H), 4.24 (s, 3H), 1.45 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 258 [M+], Rt = 0.17 min, ELS purity = 100%.
Synthesis of /V-ethyl-2-nitro-5-(trifluoromethoxy)aniline: Intermediate 30
Figure imgf000055_0002
Two identical reactions were carried out in parallel as follows then combined for work-up. Ethylamine solution in THF (2.0 M, 4.1 ml, 8.2 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2- chloro-1-nitro-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (1.00 g, 4.14 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.86 g, 6.21 mmol) in THF (12 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then heated at 50 °C for 16 h then allowed to cool to RT. Additional ethylamine solution in THF (2.0 M, 2.1 ml, 4.2 mmol) was added then the reaction was heated at 50 °C for 24 h. The combined reactions were filtered then the solid thus obtained was rinsed with EtOAc (100 ml). The combined filtrates were extracted with saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (2 x 100 ml), water (50 ml) and brine (50 ml) then dried over Na2S04, then filtered and evaporated to an orange oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (120 g). The column was eluted with MeCNih^O using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CVs; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeCN. The residual aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 ml). The organic phase was separated, then dried over Na2S04 and evaporated to afford the product as a bright orange oil (1.42 g, 69%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC ) δ 8.23 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.04 (s, 1 H), 6.61 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.48 (ddd, J = 9.4, 2.4, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.33 (qd, J = 7.2, 5.1 Hz, 2H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 251 [MH+], Rt = 1.32 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of iert-butyl W-{[1-ethyl-6-(trifluoromethoxy)-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-2- yl]methyl} carbamate: Intermediate 31
Figure imgf000056_0001
A suspension of palladium on carbon (10 wt.%, 0.3 g) and A/-ethyl-2-nitro-5- (trifluoromethoxy)aniline, Intermediate 30 (1.42 g, 5.68 mmol) solution in EtOH (40 ml) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (1 atm) at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through glass fibre filter paper and washed through with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated to near dryness in vacuo and then diluted with anhydrous THF (10 ml). The resulting solution was added to a pre-mixed solution of 2-{[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino}acetic acid (994 mg, 5.68 mmol), HATU (2.37 g, 6.24 mmol) and DIPEA (1.98 ml, 1 1.4 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (20 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 68 h then poured onto saturated aqueous NaHC03 (80 ml). EtOAc (50 ml) and water (50 ml) were added and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 ml) then the combined organic phases were washed with water (4 x 50 ml) and brine (50 ml) then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to a black oil. The oil thus obtained was dissolved in acetic acid (10 ml) and the resulting solution was heated at 70 °C for 1 .5 h. The reaction solution was concentrated in vacuo then the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (50 ml) and saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (50 ml). The organic phase was washed with saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (4 x 50 ml), water (50 ml) and brine (10 ml) then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to a brown solid (1.95 g). The crude material was dissolved in ChfeCb/MeOH then evaporated onto silica ( 0 g) and purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (120 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 0:100 to 100:0 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a pink solid (1.04 g, 47%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 7.70 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 - 7.10 (m, 1 H), 4.44 (d, = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.45 - 1.23 (m, 12H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 360 [MH+], Rt = 1.11 min, UV purity = 92%. Synthesis of 2-({[(ieri-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1-ethyl-3-methyl-6- (trifluoromethoxy)- W-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 32
Figure imgf000057_0001
lodomethane (208 μΙ, 3.34 mmol) was added to a suspension of terf-butyl /V-{[1-ethyl-6- (trifluoromethoxy)-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl]methyl} carbamate, Intermediate 31 (400 mg, 1.1 1 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (5 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then heated at 75 °C for 5 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield the product as a dark green solid (567 mg, 95%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.30 (s, 1 H), 8.18 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.75 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 1.38 (m, 12H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 374 [M+], Rt = 0.96 min, UV purity = 93%. Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-1 -ethyl-3-methyl-6-(trifluoromethoxy)-1 W-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide: Intermediate 33
Figure imgf000058_0001
HCI solution in dioxane (4.0 M, 1.4 ml, 5.6 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-({[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-3-methyl-6-(trifluoromethoxy)-1 H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 32 (570 mg, 1.14 mmol) in MeCN (5 ml). The reaction was left to stir at RT for 16 h then concentrated in vacuo. The solid was azeotroped with MeCN (10 ml) then dried under vacuum to yield the product as a brown solid (480 mg, 84%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 5 9. 1 (s, 3H), 8.40 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.28 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (dd, J = 9.1 , 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.75 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (s, 3H), 1.42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 274 [M+], Rt = 0.37 min, ELS purity = 87%. Synthesis of methyl 2-({[(ferf-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1-ethyl-1H-1,3- benzodiazole-6-carboxylate: Intermediate 34
Figure imgf000058_0002
A mixture of 2-{[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}acetic acid (8.57 g, 48.9 mmol), HATU (20.5 g, 53.8 mmol) and DIPEA (17.0 ml, 97.8 mmol) in DMF (200 ml) was stirred at RT for 1 h. Methyl 4-amino-3-(ethylamino)benzoate (8.57 g, 48.9 mmol) was added portionwise then rinsed into the reaction with anhydrous THF (20 ml). The reaction mixture was1 stirred at RT for 18 h. A solution of 2-{[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}acetic acid (0.857 g, 4.89 mmol), HATU (1.86 g, 4.89 mmol) and DIPEA (1.70 ml, 9.78 mmol) in DMF (3 ml) was stirred at RT for 15 min then added to the main reaction. The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 3 h. A solution of 2-{[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}acetic acid (0.857 g, 4.89 mmol), HATU (1.86 g, 4.89 mmol) and DIPEA (1.70 ml, 9.78 mmol) in DMF (3 ml) and stirred at RT for 15 min then added to the main reaction. The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 64 h. The reaction mixture was poured onto saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (200 ml). EtOAc (150 ml) and water (100 ml) were added then the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 150 ml), then the combined organic phases were washed with water (4 x 100 ml) and brine (50 ml) then dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated to afford the crude intermediate as a black oil (18 g). The oil thus obtained was dissolved in acetic acid (80 ml) and stirred at 70 °C for 1 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT then evaporated to afford a brown solid. The solid was suspended in EtOAc (200 ml) then filtered and was washed with EtOAc, then dried under vacuum to afford a pale pink solid (6.5 g). The solid thus obtained was suspended in EtOAc (200 ml). The resulting suspension was heated at 50 °C for 15 min then allowed to cool to RT. The solid was collected by filtration to afford the product as a white solid (2.43 g). The filtrate was again filtered and the solid was collected by filtration, washed with EtOAc: heptane then dried under vacuum to afford a second batch of the product as a white solid (1.34 g). The filtrate was transferred to a separating funnel then extracted with saturated aqueous NaHCOa solution (3 x 100 ml), water (100 ml) and brine (50 ml) then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to a yellow solid which was suspended in the minimum volume of EtOAc:heptane (1 :4) and filtered then dried under vacuum to afford a third batch of the product as a white solid (1.77 g). The filtrate from the first filtration was transferred to a separating funnel then extracted with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (3 x 100 ml), water (100 ml) and brine (50 ml) then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to a dark brown solid. The solid was suspended in EtOAc (50 ml) then filtered. The solid was dried under vacuum to afford a fourth batch of the product as a white solid (3.4 g). The filtrate was evaporated to afford a dark solid (8 g). The solid thus obtained was dissolved in CH2Cl2/MeOH then evaporated onto silica (16 g). The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (100 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 0:100 to 100:0 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to a brown solid. The solid thus obtained was suspended in EtOAc:heptane (1 :4, 20 ml) then filtered. The solid was washed with EtOAc:heptane then dried under vacuum to afford a fifth batch of the product as a white solid (1.45 g). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo then the residue was suspended in EtOAc, filtered and dried under vacuum to afford a sixth batch of the product as an off-white solid (0.32 g). The 6 batches of solid were combined as an EtOAc suspension then evaporated and dried under vacuum to yield the product as an off-white solid (10.71 g, 66%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cie) δ 8.16 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.47 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.46 - 1.22 (m, 12H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 334 [MH+], Rt = 0.98 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of 2-({[(ferf-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 ,3-diethyl-6-
(methoxycarbonyl)-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 35
Figure imgf000060_0001
Γ
lodoethane (969 μΙ, 12.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 2-({[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1-ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate, Intermediate 34 (1.34 g, 4.02 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (15 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then heated at 80 °C for 21 h then allowed to cool to RT. lodoethane (323 μΙ, 4.02 mmol) was added then the reaction was heated at 80 °C for 5 h then allowed to cool to RT. lodoethane (646 μΙ, 8.04 mmol) was added then the reaction was heated at 80 °C for 16 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to RT then evaporated to afford the product as a pink foam (1 .97 g, >99%).
H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.65 (s, 1 H), 8.28 - 8.18 (m, 2H), 8.00 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.82 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.72 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 1.50 - 1.31 (m, 15H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 362 [M+], Rt = 0.92 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-1,3-diethyl-6-(methoxycarbonyI)-1H-1,3-benzodiazol- 3-ium hydrochloride iodide: intermediate 36
Figure imgf000060_0002
HCI solution in dioxane (4.0 M, 5.1 ml, 20.4 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-({[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 ,3-diethyl-6-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3- ium iodide, Intermediate 35 (1.98 g, 4.05 mmol) in MeCN (10 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 1.5 h then concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a yellow solid (1.60 g, 93%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cf6) δ 9.13 (s, 3H), 8.72 (s, 1 H), 8.34 - 8.23 (m, 2H), 4.87 - 4.65 (m, 6H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 1.47 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 262 [M+], Rt = 0.16 min, ELS purity = 100%. Synthesis of methyl 2-(aminomethyl)-1 -ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate dihydrochloride: Intermediate 37
Figure imgf000061_0001
HCI solution in dioxane (4.0 M, 5.4 ml, 21.6 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2- ({[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate, Intermediate 34 (1.45 g, 4.35 mmol) in MeCN (10 ml). The reaction was left to stir at RT for 45 min then filtered. The solid was washed with MeCN then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a white solid (1.29 g, 97%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.75 (s, 3H), 8.30 - 8.21 (m, 1 H), 7.89 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.50 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.39 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 1.34 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 234 [MH+], Rt = 0.67 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of methyl 2-({[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-1 W-1 ,3- benzodiazole-6-carboxylate: Intermediate 38
Figure imgf000061_0002
Triethylamine (2.04 ml, 14.6 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 2-(aminomethyl)- 1 -ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate dihydrochloride Intermediate 37 (1.29 g, 4.21 mmol) in CH2CI2 (22 ml). A solution of benzyl 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl carbonate (1.15 g, 4.63 mmol) CH2CI2 (10 ml) was added dropwise then the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min. The reaction mixture was extracted with water (20 ml), saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (2 x 10 ml), water (20 ml) and brine (10 ml), then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford the product as a white solid (1.65 g, 92%)
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.17 (s, 1 H), 7.99 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 - 7.28 (m, 5H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.56 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 368 [MH+], Rt = 1.02 min, UV purity = 86%.
Synthesis of 2-({[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino>methyl)-1-ethyl-1 y-1,3-benzodiazole- 6-carboxylic acid: Intermediate 39
Figure imgf000062_0001
Aqueous LiOH solution (2.0 M, 2.4 ml, 4.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 2- ({[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl- 1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate,
Intermediate 38 (1.33 g, 3.62 mmol) in MeOH (20 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 17 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was filtered then the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeOH. Three quarters of the resulting aqueous solution was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (60 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 5 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The fractions were analysed by LCMS then the purest fractions were combined and filtered to afford the product as a white solid (92 mg). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford a second batch of product as an off-white solid (48 mg). Product-containing fractions of lesser purity were combined and evaporated to afford an off-white solid, which was suspended in EtOAc then filtered and dried under vacuum to afford a third batch of product as an off-white solid (96 mg). EtOAc (10 ml) was added to the remaining aqueous reaction mixture. The phases were separated then the aqueous phase was extracted further with EtOAc (10 ml). The aqueous phase was neutralised by dropwise addition of aqueous HCI solution (2 M). The solid was collected by filtration then dried under vacuum to afford a fourth batch of product as a white solid (134 mg). The filtrate was acidified further to pH 4 by addition of aqueous HCI solution (2 M) then extracted with EtOAc (4 x 20 ml). The combined organics were dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford a fifth batch of product as an off-white solid (100 mg). The five batches of product were combined as a suspension in EtOAc then evaporated to afford the product as an off-white solid (470 mg, 37%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cie) δ 12.77 (s, 1 H), 8.13 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (m, 5H), 5.06 (m, 2H), 4.54 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 354 [MH+], Rt = 0.87 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of ferf-butyl 2-({[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1-ethyl-1W-1,3- benzodiazole-6-carboxylate: Intermediate 40
Figure imgf000063_0001
1 ,1-Di-tert-butoxy-W,A/-dimethylmethanamine (1.03 ml, 4.30 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-({[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6- carboxylic acid, Intermediate 39 (380 mg, 1.08 mmol) in toluene (10 ml). The reaction was heated at 80 °C for 2 h then allowed to cool to RT. 1 ,1-Di-tert-butoxy-A/,/v- dimethylmethanamine (1.03 ml, 4.30 mmol) was added then the reaction was heated at 80 °C for 3 h then allowed to cool to RT. 1 ,1-Di-terf-butoxy-A/,W-dimethylmethanamine (1.03 ml, 4.30 mmol) was added then the reaction was heated at 110 °C for 1 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 ml) then washed with water (2 x 20 ml), saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (2 x 20 ml) and brine (10 ml), then dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford an orange solid (510 mg). The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (25 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 0:100 to 50:50 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a white solid (320 mg, 72%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.07 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.41 - 7.12 (m, 5H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.55 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.38 - 4.24 (m, 2H), 1.58 (s, 9H), 1.29 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 4 0 [MH+], R, = 1.17 min, UV purity = 99%. Synthesis of 2-({[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-6-[(iert-butoxy)carbonyl]-1,3- diethyl- H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 41
Figure imgf000064_0001
lodoethane (251 μΙ, 3.13 mmol) was added to a suspension of ferf-butyl 2- ({[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazole-6-carboxylate, Intermediate 40 (320 mg, 0.78 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (4 ml). The reaction mixture was heated at 120 °C for 2 h under microwave irradiation, lodoethane (63 μΙ, 0.78 mmol) was added then the reaction mixture was heated at 120 °C for 2 h under microwave irradiation. The reaction was evaporated to afford the product as an orange foam (420 mg, 90%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.54 (s, 1 H), 8.46 - 8.35 (m, 1 H), 8.18 (s, 2H), 7.41 - 7.29 (m, 5H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.94 - 4.85 (m, 2H), 4.78 - 4.58 (m, 4H), 1.61 (s, 9H), 1.47 - 1.36 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 438 [M+], Rt = 0.99 min, UV purity = 95%.
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-6-carboxy-1 ,3-diethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrobromide bromide: Intermediate 42
Figure imgf000064_0002
Br
HBr solution in AcOH (33 wt%, 0.9 ml) was added to a solution of 2- ({[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-6-[(terf-butoxy)carbonyl]-1 ,3-diethyl-1 H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 41 (220 mg, 0.39 mmol) in AcOH (0.5 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 40 min. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo then azeotroped with MeCN (x4). The residue was suspended in the minimum volume of MeCN. The solid was collected by filtration then dried under vacuum to afford the product as an off-white solid (144 mg, 90%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.30 - 8.35 (m, 3H), 8.30 - 8.22 (m, 2H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 4.82 - 4.68 (m, 4H), 1.51 - 1.43 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 248 [M+], Rt = 0.15 min, ELS purity = 100%. Synthesis of 3-benzyl-2-({[(feri-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1-ethyl-6- (trifluoromethyl)-1 W-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium bromide: Intermediate 43
Figure imgf000065_0001
Benzyl bromide (173 μΙ, 1.46 mmol) was added to a suspension of fe/t-butyl Λ -{[1 -ethyl-6- (trifluoromethyl)-1 /- -1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl]methyl}carbamate, Intermediate 27 (250 mg, 0.73 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (3 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed and heated at 80 °C for 16 h then concentrated in vacuo to afford an orange oil which solidified on standing. The resulting solid was suspended in MeCN (2 ml). The solid was collected by filtration then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a white solid (160 mg). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in the minimum volume of MeCN then filtered. The solid thus obtained was dried under vacuum to yield a second batch of product as an off-white solid (90 mg). The 2 batches of product were combined in MeCN then evaporated to afford the product as an off-white solid (250 mg, 64%).
H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.69 (s, 1 H), 8.03 - 7.87 (m, 3H), 7.43 - 7.36 (m, 3H), 7.31 - 7.23 (m, 2H), 5.92 (s, 2H), 4.97 - 4.85 (m, 2H), 4.78 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.49 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 434 [M+], Rt = 1.05 min, UV purity = 96%.
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-3-benzyl-1 -ethyl-6-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-iumhydrochloride bromide: Intermediate 44
Figure imgf000066_0001
HCI solution in dioxane (4.0 M, 0.61 ml, 2.4 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-benzyl-2- ({[(te/t-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}methyl)-1 -ethyl-6-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3- ium bromide, Intermediate 43 (250 mg, 0.49 mmol) in MeCN (2.5 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 18 h then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was azeotroped with MeCN then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (209 mg, 95%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.18 (s, 3H), 8.77 (s, 1 H), 8.10 - 7.99 (m, 2H), 7.51 - 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.44 - 7.34 (m, 3H), 6.05 (s, 2H), 4.94 - 4.79 (m, 4H), 1.53 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 334 [M+], Rt = 0.86 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of 2-[(6-bromo-1 -ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1 H- isoindole-1,3-dione: Intermediate 45
Figure imgf000066_0002
A mixture of /V-phthaloylglycine (13.1 g, 63.8 mmol), TBTU (21.5 g, 67.0 mmol) and NEt3 (14.1 ml, 79.1 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (150 ml) was stirred at RT for 45 min. A solution of 5-bromo-1-/V-ethylbenzene-1 ,2-diamine (13.1 g, 60.9 mmol) in anhydrous THF (50 ml) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction mixture was added onto saturated aq. NaHC03 solution (400 ml). The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration then washed with water and dried under vacuum to afford the intermediate as a light grey solid. The solid thus obtained was added portionwise to acetic acid (150 ml). The resulting suspension was heated at 100 °C for 2.5 h then allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (300 ml) and water (300 ml). The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc (200 ml) and water (200 ml) then dried under vacuum to afford the product as a pink solid (17.9 g, 76%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.96 (dd, J = 5.6, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.93 - 7.88 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.5Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.39 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 384 [M(79Br)H+], 386 [M(81Br)H+], Rt = 1.12 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of ierf-butyl 4-(4-{2-[(1,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1- ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-6-yl}-1 H-pyrazol-1 -yl)piperidine-1 -carboxylate:
Intermediate 46
Figure imgf000067_0001
fert-Butyl 4-[4-(tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 /-/-pyrazol-1 -yl]piperidine-1 - carboxylate (540 mg, 1.43 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-[(6-bromo-1 -ethyl-1 H-1 , 3- benzodiazol-2-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1 /-/-isoindole-1 ,3-dione, Intermediate 45 (500 mg, 1.30 mmol) in dioxane (10 ml) and water (0.5 ml) in a pressure tube. Cs2C03 (848 mg, 2.60 mmol) was added then the resulting suspension was de-gassed by bubbling a stream of nitrogen through the reaction mixture for 10 min. XPhos-Pd-G2 (61 mg, 0.078 mmol) was added then the nitrogen bubbling was continued for a further 5 min. The tube was sealed then heated at 100 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then partitioned between EtOAc (100 ml) and water (100 ml). The phases were separated then the organic phase was washed with water (50 ml) and brine (2 x 50 ml), then dried over MgS04l filtered and evaporated. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica column (50 g). The column was eluted with EtOAc: heptane, increasing the gradient linearly from 0:100 to 100:0 over 10 column volumes. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a light yellow foam (226 mg, 31 %).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.28 (s, 1 H), 7.98 - 7.94 (m, 2H), 7.94 - 7.89 (m, 3H), 7.81 - 7.76 (m, 1 H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.1 1 (s, 2H), 4.43 - 4.34 (m, 3H), 4.04 (dd, J = 15.8, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (s, 2H), 2.09 - 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.81 (qd, J = 12.4, 4.3 Hz, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H),1.42 - 1.39 (m, 3H). LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 555 [MH+], Rt = 1.13 min, UV purity = 100%.
Synthesis of 6-(1 -{1 -[(ferf-butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl}-1 Y-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-[(1 ,3- dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1,3-diethyl-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 47
Figure imgf000068_0001
lodoethane (159 μΙ, 1.98 mmol) was added to a solution of terf-butyl 4-(4-{2-[(1 ,3-dioxo- 2,3-dihydro-1 /-/-isoindol-2-yl)methyl]-1-ethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-6-yl}-1 /-/-pyrazol-1- yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate, Intermediate 46 (220 mg, 0.397 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (5 ml). The reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation for 2 h at 120 °C. lodoethane (130 μΙ, 1.62 mmol) was added then the reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation for 1 h at 120 °C. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then azeotroped with diethyl ether. The residue was dried under vacuum to afford the product as a light yellow solid (280 mg, 80%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 8.50 (s, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 1 H), 8.12 (s, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 - 7.94 (m, 3H), 7.94 - 7.89 (m, 2H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 4.74 - 4.65 (m, 4H), 4.48 - 4.35 (m, 1 H), 4.06 (d, 2H), 2.95 (br. s, 2H), 2.08 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.81 (qd, J = 12.7, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 1.49 - 1.40 (m, 15H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 583 [M+], Rt = 1.13 min, UV purity = 81%.
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-6-(1-{1-[(iert-butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl}-1W- pyrazol-4-yl)-1,3-diethyl-1W-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 48
Figure imgf000068_0002
Hydrazine hydrate (96 μΙ, 2.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 6-(1-{1-[(fe/ - butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl}-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-[(1 ,3-dioxo-2,3-dihydro-1/- -isoindol-2- yl)methyl]-1 ,3-diethyl-1/-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 47 (280 mg, 0.39 mmol) in methanol (5 ml) in a pressure tube. The tube was sealed then heated at 75 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in CH2CI2 (9:1 , 20 ml) then filtered. The solid thus obtained was washed further CH2CI2 (20 ml). The filtrates were combined and evaporated to dryness to afford the product as a light yellow solid (225 mg, 82%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.48 (s, 1 H), 8.23 (s, 1 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.90(dd, J = 8.7, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.62 - 4.56 (m, 4H), 4.44 - 4.36 (m, 1 H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.07 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 2H), 2.94 (br. s, 2H), 2.08 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 2H), 1.82 (tt, J = 12.2, 6.2 Hz, 2H), 1.50-1.40 (m, 15H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 453 [M+], R, = 0.91 min, UV purity = 83%.
Synthesis of6-(2-{[(fert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}ethoxy)-1,3-diethyl-2-[({[(9H- fluoren-9-yl)methoxy]carbonyl}amino)methyl]-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide Intermediate 49
Figure imgf000069_0001
Intermediate 49 was synthesised by according to literature procedures (US 2015/0018313
Synthesis of 2-(aminomethyl)-6-(2-{[(iert-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}ethoxy)-1 ,3 diethyl-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide: Intermediate 50
Figure imgf000069_0002
Morpholine (3.46 ml, 40.0 mmol) was added to a solution of6-(2-{[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]amino}ethoxy)-1 ,3-diethyl-2-[({[(9H-fluoren-9- yl)methoxy]carbonyl}amino)methyl]-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide , Intermediate 49 (95%, 3.00 g, 4.00 mmol) in THF (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 25 min then diluted with diethyl ether (150 ml). The resulting mixture was agitated then the supernatant was decanted off. The residual gum was washed further with ether (2 x 60 ml) then dried under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in THF then concentrated in vacuo afford the product as a pale orange solid (1.99 g, 83%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 7.95 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 - 7.61 (m, 1 H), 7.25 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.1 1 - 7.05 (m, 1 H), 4.61 - 4.53 (m, 4H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 4.1 1 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (q, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 1.45 - 1.41 (m, 6H), 1.39 (s, 9H).
LC/MS (System A): m/z (ESI+) = 363 [M+], Rt = 0.76 min, UV purity = 82%.
B. SYNTHESIS OF EXAMPLE COMPOUNDS
Example 1 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000070_0001
DIPEA (500 μΙ, 2.86 mmol) was added to a solution of lithium 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-
2- carboxylate, Intermediate 1 (160 mg, 0.714 mmol), 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6-methoxy-
3- methyl-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 13 (248 mg, 0.714 mmol) and HBTU (352 mg, 0.929 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (8 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 ml), stirred for 0.5 h then left to stand at RT overnight. The resulting brown/orange precipitate was filtered, washed with water (20 ml), dissolved in the minimum of water/MeCN and then lyophilised. The resulting solid was suspended in TBME (8 ml), sonicated, collected by filtration and dried under vacuum. The resulting solid was dissolved in EtOAc (40 ml) then washed with water (30 ml) then brine (30 ml). The organic phase was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a glassy oil that gave a solid upon scratching. The resulting solid was dissolved in the minimum of water/MeCN then lyophilised to yield the product as a yellow solid (275 mg, 70%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 9.53 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (s, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.00 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.62 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 419 [M(79Br)+], 421 [M(81Br)+]), R, = 1.90 rnin, UV purity = 100%.
Example 2 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1,3- diethyl-6-methoxy-1 W-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000071_0001
A solution of 5-bromo-3-(1 H-imidazole-1-carbonyl)pyrazin-2-amine, Intermediate 2 (80 mg, 0.30 mmol) and 2-(aminomethyl)-1 ,3-diethyl-6-methoxy-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 15 (108 mg, 0.30 mmol) in DMF (0.7 ml) was stirred at RT for 16(h. The reaction mixture was transferred onto a C18 Samplet® and dried under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as a pale yellow solid (54 mg, 37%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cf6) δ 9.62 (s, 1 H), 8.43 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (s, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.04 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.66 - 4.58 (m, 4H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.43 - 1.36 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 433 [M(79Br)+], 435 [M(81Br)+]), R, = 1.91 min, UV purity = 98%.
Example 3 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-3-(2-hydrox ethyl)-6-methoxy-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000071_0002
A mixture of 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6-methoxy-1 -/-1 ,3-benzodiazol- 3-ium chloride hydrochloride, Intermediate 18 (80%, 125 mg, 0.31 mmol) and 5-bromo-3- (1 H-imidazole-1 -carbonyl)pyrazin-2-amine, Intermediate 2 (83 mg, 0.31 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was stirred at RT for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford a red oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10 - 30%, 15 CV; 30 - 100%, 3 CV; 100%, 3 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated. The material thus obtained was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCNihfeO + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10 - 46%, 18 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as a pale orange solid (1 mg, 7%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cie) δ 9.58 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.44 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (s, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.07 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.79 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 449 [M(79Br)+], 451 [M(81Br)+]), Rt = 1.73 min, UV purity = 97%.
Example 4 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-3-{2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-6-methoxy-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000072_0001
DIPEA (156 μΙ, 0.893 mmol) was added to a solution of lithium 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine- 2-carboxylate, Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.22 mmol), 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-3-{2-[2-(2- hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-6-methoxy-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 20 (104 mg, 0.22 mmol) and HBTU (110 mg, 0.29 mmol) in DMF (1 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2.5 h. The reaction was concentrated under a flow of nitrogen to afford the crude product as an oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10
- 100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as a brown solid (25 mg). The material thus obtained was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCNihbO + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10
- 100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as a light brown solid (16 mg, 12%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.48 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (s, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.05 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.85 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.51 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.81 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.51 - 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.44 - 3.35 (m, 4H), 3.30 - 3.28 (m, 2H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 537 [M(79Br)+], 539 [M(81Br)+]), Rt = 1.89 min, UV purity = 97%.
Example 5 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-chloropyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000073_0001
DIPEA (200 μΙ, 1.15 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-amino-6-chloropyrazine-2- carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.29 mmol), 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 13 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) and HBTU (142 mg, 0.37 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under a flow of nitrogen to afford the crude product as an oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as an off-white solid (84 mg, 58%).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.57 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.38 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (s, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.99 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.62 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 375 [M(35CI)+], 377 [M(37CI)+]), R» = 1.83 min, UV purity = 100%. Example 6 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-iodopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-6-methoxy-3-meth l-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000074_0001
DIPEA (129 μΙ, 0.74 mmol) was added to a solution of lithium 3-amino-6-iodopyrazine-2- carboxylate, Intermediate 3 (50 mg, 0.19 mmol), 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6-methoxy-3- methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 13 (64 mg, 0.19 mmol) and HBTU (91 mg, 0.24 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h. Water (7 ml) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid was washed with water then dried under vacuum. The solid was suspended in TBME (5 ml) with sonication then the resulting suspension was filtered and the solid thus obtained was dried under vacuum. The solid was dissolved in EtOAc (30 ml) then extracted with water (30 ml) and brine (30 ml). The organic phase was dried over MgSC , then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue thus obtained was dried under vacuum to yield the product as a yellow solid (59 mg, 52%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-Oe) δ 9.47 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.47 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 - 7.52 (m, 3H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.00 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.61 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 467 [M+]), Rt = 2.00 min, UV purity = 96%.
Example 7 - Synthesis of 2- [(3-amino-6-methylpyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methy!}-1- ethyl-6-methoxy-3-meth l-1W-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000074_0002
HBTU (155 mg, 0.41 mmol) was added to a solution of lithium 3-amino-6-methylpyrazine- 2-carboxylate, Intermediate 5 (50 mg, 0.31 mmol) and 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6- methoxy-3-methyl-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 13 (109 mg, 0.31 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml). DIPEA (218 μΙ, 1.26 mmol) was added then the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h. The reaction was concentrated under a flow of nitrogen to afford the crude product as an oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as an off-white solid (67 mg, 41%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.54 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (s, 2H), 5.00 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.62 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 355 [M+]), Rt = 1.64 min, UV purity = 93%.
Example 8 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-ethylpyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000075_0001
HBTU (142 mg, 0.38 mmol) was added to a solution of lithium 3-amino-6-ethylpyrazine-2- carboxylate, Intermediate 7 (50 mg, 0.29 mmol) and 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6-methoxy- 3-methyl-1/- -1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 13 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml). DIPEA (200 μΙ, 1.16 mmol) was added then the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under a flow of nitrogen to afford the crude product as an oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10- 100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as an off-white solid (28 mg, 19%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.51 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.20 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (s, 2H), 5.02 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2.67 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 369 [M+]), Rt = 1.89 min, UV purity = 98%. Example 9 - Synthesis of 2-({[3-amino-6-(methylsulfanyl)pyrazin-2- yl]formamido}methyl)-1 -ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000076_0001
HBTU (106 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-amino-6- (methylsulfanyl)pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid, Intermediate 8 (40 mg, 0.22 mmol) and 2-
(aminomethyl)-l -ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide
Intermediate 13 (75 mg, 0.22 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml). DIPEA (151 μΙ, 0.86 mmol) was added then the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under a flow of nitrogen to afford the crude product as an oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCNihfeO + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as an off-white solid (31 mg, 27%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.40 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (s, 2H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.02 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 387 [M+]), Rt = 1.93 min, UV purity = 98%.
Example 10 - System CSynthesis of 2-{[(3-aminopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-6-methoxy-3-meth l-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000076_0002
DIPEA (200 μΙ, 1.15 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-aminopyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (40 mg, 0.29 mmol), 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1/- -1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 13 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) and HBTU (142 mg, 0.37 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under a flow of nitrogen to afford the crude product as an oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to yield the product as a white solid (95 mg, 69%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.75 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.27 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (s, 2H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 4.99 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 341 [M+]), Rt = 1.46 min, UV purity = 98%.
Example 11 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6- chloro-1-ethyl-3-methyl-1W-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formic acid formate:
Figure imgf000077_0001
A suspension of lithium 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate, Intermediate 1 (70 mg, 0.31 mmol), 2-(aminomethyl)-6-chloro-1-ethyl-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 23 (0.11 g, 0.31 mmol), EDC.HCI (0.12 g, 0.63 mmol) and HOAt (0.04 g, 0.31 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 ml) was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was evaporated then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 5 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as an orange solid (70 mg, 43%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.56 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 8.36 (s, 2H), 8.34 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 - 8.07 (m, 1 H), 7.78 - 7.75 (m, 1 H), 7.65 (s, 2H), 5.03 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 423 [M(79Br 35CI)+], 425
Figure imgf000077_0002
427 [M(81Br 37CI)+] Rt = 1.93 min, UV purity = 99%. Example 12 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-6-f luoro-3-meth M H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000078_0001
A solution of 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-6-fluoro-3-methyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide, Intermediate 26 (83 mg, 0.22 mmol) and DIPEA (39 μΙ, 0.22 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) were added to a solution of lithium 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2- carboxylate, Intermediate 1 (50 mg, 0.22 mmol), EDC.HCI (86 mg, 0.45 mmol) and HOAt (30 mg, 0.22 mmol) in DMF (1 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 64 h then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20+ 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 5 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to an orange solid (28 mg). The solid thus obtained was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 5 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to yield the product as an orange solid (20 mg, 20%). Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.56 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.46 - 8.40 (m, 2H), 8.15 - 8.06 (m, 2H), 7.70 - 7.56 (m, 3H), 5.02 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 407 [M(79Br)+], 409 [M(81Br)+] R, = 1.71 min, UV purity = 99%.
Example 13 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-3-methyl-6-(trifluorometh l)-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000078_0002
A solution of lithium 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate, Intermediate 1 (90 mg, 0.40 mmol), HBTU (168 mg, 0.442 mmol), and DIPEA (140 μΙ, 0.804 mmol) in anhydrous DMF
(0.5 ml) was stirred at RT for 15 min. A solution of 2-(aminomethyl)-1 -ethyl-3-methyl-6- (trifluoromethyl)-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide, Intermediate 29 (169 mg, 0.402 mmol) and DIPEA (140 μΙ, 0.804 mmo!) in DMF (1.5 ml) was added then the reaction was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was evaporated then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 0%, 2 CV; 0-40%, 16 CV; 40-100%, 4 CVs; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated then the residue was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-50%, 25 CV; 50-100%, 5 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeCN. The resulting suspension was filtered then the solid was dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (38 mg, 16%).
1H N R (500 MHz, DMSO-cie) δ 9.54 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 8.28 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (s, 2H), 5.07 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 457 [M(79Br)+], 459 [M(81Br)+] Rt = 2.11 min, UV purity = 100%.
Example 14 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1- ethyl-3-methyl-6-(trifluoromethoxy)-1 AY-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000079_0001
A solution of lithium 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate, Intermediate 1 (90 mg, 0.40 mmol), HBTU (168 mg, 0.44 mmol), and DIPEA (140 μΙ, 0.804 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml) was stirred at RT for 15 min. A solution of 2-(aminomethyl)-1-ethyl-3-methyl-6- (trifluoromethoxy)-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide, Intermediate 33 (176 mg, 0.402 mmol) and DIPEA (0.14 ml, 0.804 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml) was added then the reaction was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 0%, 2 CV; 0-40%, 16 CV; 40-100%, 4 CVs; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated then the residue was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10- 50%, 25 CV; 50-100%, 5 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo. The material thus obtained was further purified by preparative HPLC using the following method: Solvent A: Water + 0.1 % formic acid; Solvent B: MeCN +0.1 % formic acid; Column: Waters Sunfire 30 mm x 100 mm, 5 micron; Flowrate = 40 ml/min; Gradient (time, Solvent B): 0 min, 5%; 1.9 min, 5%; 2 min, 30%; 16 min, 40%; 16.1 min, 95%; 19 min, 95%; 19.1 min, 5%; 20 min, 5%. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as an orange solid (40 mg, 19%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.57 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.40 (d, J = 1 1.4 Hz, 2H), 8.31 (s, 1 H), 8.19 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 - 7.72 (m, 1 H), 7.65 (s, 2H), 5.04 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.69 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 473 [M(79Br)+], 475 [M(81Br)+] Rt = 2.17 min, UV purity = 100%.
Example 15 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}- 1 ,3-diethyl-6-(methoxycarbonyl)-1 W-1 ,3-benzodiazo!-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000080_0001
A solution of lithium 3-amino-6-bromopyrazine-2-carboxylate. Intermediate 1 (850 mg, 3.80 mmol), HBTU (1.58 g, 4.18 mmol), and DIPEA (1.32 ml, 7.59 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 ml) was stirred at RT for 15 min. A solution of 2-(aminomethyl)-1 ,3-diethyl-6- (methoxycarbonyl)-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide, Intermediate 36 (1.62 g, 3.8 mmol) and DIPEA (1.32 ml, 7.59 mmol) in DMF (3 ml) was added then the reaction was stirred at RT for 64 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (120 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The cleanest fraction was evaporated to afford the product as a dark brown solid (80 mg). More high purity fractions were combined and evaporated to afford a second batch of product as a dark brown solid (340 mg). The remaining product- containing fractions were combined and evaporated then the material thus obtained was further purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (120 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5- 100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to remove most of the MeCN. The resulting aqueous suspension was filtered then the solid was dried under vacuum to afford a third batch of the product as an orange solid (44 mg). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford a fourth batch of product as a brown gum (113 mg). More product containing fractions from the second column were combined and evaporated to afford a fifth batch of the product as a brown solid (28 mg). The five batches were combined in MeCN then evaporated to afford the product as a brown solid (605 mg, 27%)
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.58 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.64 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 8.27 - 8.17 (m, 2H), 7.65 (s, 2H), 5.10 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.69 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 1.44 - 1.39 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 461 [M(79Br)+], 463 [M(81Br)+] Rt = 1.96 min, UV purity = 99%.
Example 16 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6- carboxy-1 ,3-diethyl-1 W-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium bromide:
Figure imgf000081_0001
A solution of 5-bromo-3-(1H-imidazole-1-carbonyl)pyrazin-2-amine, Intermediate 2 (40 mg, 0.15 mmol) and 2-(aminomethyl)-6-carboxy-1 ,3-diethyl-1H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrobromide bromide, Intermediate 42 (61 mg, 0.15 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was stirred at RT for 17 h. The reaction was filtered then the solid collected was washed with MeCN and dried under vacuum to afford the product as an off-white solid (31 mg, 37%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 13.58 (s, 1 H), 9.60 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.62 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.26 - 8.16 (m, 2H), 7.67 (s, 2H), 5.10 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.80 - 4.65 (m, 4H), 1.44 - 1.39 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 447 [M(79Br)+], 449 [M(81Br)+] Rt = 1.29 min, UV purity = 94%.
Example 17 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}- 1,3-diethyl-6-{[(3R)-2-oxooxolan-3-yl]carbamoyl}-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000081_0002
A solution of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6-carboxy-1 ,3-diethyl- 1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium bromide, Example 16 (60 mg, 0.1 1 mmol), HBTU (47 mg, 0.13 mmol), and 4-methylmorpholine (29 μΙ, 0.23 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.5 ml) was stirred at RT for 5 min. (3R)-3-Aminooxolan-2-one hydrochloride (16 mg, 0.1 1 mmol) was added then the reaction was stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCNihbO + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to afford the product as an off-white solid (22 mg, 32%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.60 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.39 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.37 (s, 1 H), 8.23 - 8.14 (m, 2H), 7.66 (s, 2H), 5.10 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.89 - 4.79 (m, 1 H), 4.75 - 4.65 (m, 4H), 4.49 - 4.40 (m, 1 H), 4.35 - 4.26 (m, 1 H), 2.54 - 2.39 (m, 2H + DMSO-cfe), 1.48 - 1.40 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 530 [M(79Br)+], 532 [M(81Br)+] R, = 1.62 min, UV purity =
97%.
Example 18 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}- 1 ,3-diethyl-6- 3S)-2-oxooxolan-3-yl]carbamoyl}-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000082_0001
A solution of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6-carboxy-1 ,3-diethyl- 1 -/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium bromide, Example 16 (70 mg, 0.13 mmol), HBTU (55 mg, 0.13 mmol), and 4-methylmorpholine (34 μΙ, 0.27 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.5 ml) was stirred at RT for 5 min. (3S)-3-Aminooxolan-2-one hydrochloride (18 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added then the reaction was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to afford the product as an off-white solid (17 mg, 21 %). Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.60 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 9.37 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.35 (s, 1 H), 8.23 - 8.14 (m, 2H), 7.66 (s, 2H), 5.10 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.90 - 4.80 (m, 1 H), 4.75 - 4.65 (m, 4H), 4.50 - 4.42 (m, 1 H), 4.36 - 4.27 (m, 1 H), 2.55 - 2.38 (m, 2H + DMSO-cfe), 1.48 - 1.40 (m, 6H). LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 530 [M(79Br)+], 532 [M(8 Br)+] R, = 1.61 min, UV purity = 93%.
Example 19 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-Amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-3- benzyl-1 -ethyl-6-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000083_0001
A solution of 5-bromo-3-(1 /-/-imidazole-1-carbonyl)pyrazin-2-amine, Intermediate 2 (55 mg, 0.21 mmol) and 2-(aminomethyl)-3-benzyl-1-ethyl-6-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride bromide, Intermediate 44 (102 mg, 0.226 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was stirred at RT for 64 h then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to afford the product as a white solid (68 mg, 57%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.35 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 8.44 (s, 1 H), 8.31 (s, 1 H), 8.1 1 - 7.97 (m, 2H), 7.51 (s, 2H), 7.16 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J = 12.7, 7.3 Hz, 3H), 5.94 (s, 2H), 5.19 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.50 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 533 [M(79Br)+], 535 [M(81Br)+] R, = 2.55 min, UV purity = 100%.
Example 20 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6- (1 -{1 -[(fert-butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yi}-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-diethyl-1 H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium iodide:
Figure imgf000084_0001
5-bromo-3-(1 H-imidazole-1-carbonyl)pyrazin-2-amine, Intermediate 2 (112 mg, 0.42 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-(aminomethyl)-6-(1-{1 -[(ierf-butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin- 4-yl}-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-diethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 48 (220 mg, 0.38 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 ml). The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a brown oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (30 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and evaporated to afford the product as a light yellow solid (146 mg, 49%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.58 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.49 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.24 (s, 1 H), 8.11 (s, 1 H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (s, 2H), 5.06 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.70 - 4.62 (m, 4H), 4.40 (t, J = 1 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.06 (br. s, 2H), 2.95 (br. s, 2H), 2.08 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 1.86 - 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.48 - 1.38 (m, 15H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESl+) = 652 [M(79Br)+], 654 [M(81Br)+] Rt = 2.84 min, UV purity = 100%.
Example 21 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}- 1 ,3-diethyl-6-[1 -(piperidin-4-yl)-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl]-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium
hydrochloride iodide:
Figure imgf000084_0002
HCI solution in dioxane (4.0 M, 100 μΙ, 0.4 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-{[(3-amino- 6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6-(1-{1-[(fe i-butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl}-1 /-/- pyrazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-diethyl-1 -/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Example 20 (128 mg, 0.164 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (3 ml). The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 17 h. The RM was concentrated in vacuo then, azeotroped with MeCN and dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (1 15 mg, 97%).
Ή NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.59 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 9.03 (s, 1 H), 8.91 (s, 1 H), 8.47 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 1 H), 8.17 (s, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (s, 2H), 5.07 (d, J =5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.70 - 4.62 (m, 4H), 4.54-451 (m, 1 H), 3.41 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 2H), 3.16 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.29 - 2.14 (m, 4H), 1.47 - 1.39 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 552 [M(79Br)+], 554 [M(81Br)+] R, = 1.40 min, UV purity = 99%. Example 22 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6- [1 -(1 -carbamimidoylpiperidin-4-yl)-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-diethyl-1 Η-Λ ,3-benzodiazol- 3-ium formic acid formate:
Figure imgf000085_0001
1 -/-1 ,2,4-Triazole-1-carboximidamide hydrochloride (21 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1 ,3-diethyl-6-[1 - (piperidin-4-yl)-1 /-/-pyrazol-4-yl]-1 /- -1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide, Example 21 (50 mg, 0.070 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 ml). DIPEA (30 μΙ, 0.17 mmol) was added then the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 88 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then purified by preparative HPLC. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to afford the product as a light yellow solid (21 mg, 44%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.60 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (s, 1 H), 8.48 (s, 2H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.26 (s, 1 H), 8.12 (s, 1 H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (dd, J = 8.7, 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (s, 2H), 5.06 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.69 - 4.61 (m, 4H), 4.58 - 4.49 (m, 1 H), 3.97 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 2H), 3.21 (t, J = 12.3 Hz, 2H), 2.14 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 2H), 1.98 - 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.47 - 1.39 (m, 6H). LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 297 [M(79Br)+ + H+], 298 [M(81Br)+ + H+] Rt = 1.51 min, UV purity = 100%.
Example 23 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}- 1 >3-diethyl-6-(1-{1-[(2S,3R,4 ?,5R)-2,3,4,5,6^entahydroxyhexyl]piperidin-4-yl}-1W- pyrazol-4- l)-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formic acid chloride:
Figure imgf000086_0001
AcOH (7 μΙ, 0.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2- yl)formamido]methyl}-1 ,3-diethyl-6-t1-(piperidin-4-yl)-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl]-1 H-1 ,3- benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride iodide, Example 21 (60 mg, 0.083 mmol) and 4,6-0- benzylidene-D-glucopyranose (62 mg, 0.22 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (1.5 ml). The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 0.5 h then sodium cyanoborohydride (22 mg, 0.34 mmol) was added. The RM was stirred at RT for 4 h. More sodium cyanoborohydride (22 mg, 0.34 mmol) and 4,6-O-benzylidene-D-glucopyranose (62 mg, 0.22 mmol) were added then the reaction was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was added dropwise to saturated aq. NaHCOa solution (15 ml) then diluted with CH2CI2 (25 ml). CH2CI2:MeOH (2:1 , 10 ml) was added then the phases were separated. The organic phase was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford the intermediate as a light yellow solid (54 mg). A portion of the material thus obtained (50 mg, 0.057 mmol) was dissolved in aq. HCI solution (2 M, 4 ml). The reaction was stirred at RT for 3.5 h then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (12 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1 % formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 5%, 2 CV; 5-100%, 20 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to afford the product as a white solid (7 mg, 15%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.52 (s, 1 H), 8.30 (s, 2H), 8.15 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (s, 1 H), 7.94 (s, 2H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 4.81 - 4.71 (m, 4H), 4.55 (s, 1 H), 4.31-4.25 (m, 1 H), 3.98 (q, J = 4.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.80 (dd, J = 11.6, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 3.76 - 3.61 (m, 3H), 3.22 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 1 H), 2.77 - 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.14 (m, 4H), 1.60 - 1.52 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 716 [M(79Br)+], 718 [M(8 Br)+] Rt = 1.35 min, UV purity = 100%. Example 24 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6-
(2-{[(ierf-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}ethoxy)-1,3-diethyl-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000087_0001
A mixture of 5-bromo-3-(1H-imidazole-1-carbonyl)pyrazin-2-amine, Intermediate 2 (98%, 300 mg, 1.10 mmol) and 2-(aminomethyl)-6-(2-{[(teAi-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}ethoxy)-1 ,3- diethyl-1 /-/-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 50 (90%, 598 mg, 1.10 mmol) in DMF (8 ml) was stirred at RT for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then the crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on C18 (60 g). The column was eluted with MeCN:H20 + 0.1% formic acid using the following gradient (%MeCN, column volumes): 10%, 2 CV; 10-34%, 12 CV; 34-100%, 6 CV; 100%, 2 CV. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as an orange gum (407 mg, 61%).
ΊΗ NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.57 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 8.30 (s, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 - 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.27 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1 H), 5.03 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.66 - 4.58 (m, 4H), 4.11 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 1.42 - 1.36 (m, 15H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 562 [M(79Br)+], 564 [M(81Br)+] Rt = 2.53 min, UV purity = 100%.
Example 25 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-Amino-6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6- (2-aminoethoxy)-1 ,3-dieth l-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium hydrochloride chloride:
Figure imgf000087_0002
HCI in dioxane (4.0 M, 1.5 ml, 6.0 mmol) was added to a suspension of 2-{[(3-amino-6- bromopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-6-(2-{[(ieAt-butoxy)carbonyl]amino}ethoxy)-1 ,3- diethyl-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate, Example 24 (407 mg, 0.67 mmol) in MeCN (10 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in MeCN (5 ml). The resulting suspension was filtered then the solid collected was washed with MeCN and dried under vacuum. The filtered material was dried further under high vacuum to afford the product as an orange foam (169 mg, 47%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 9.63 - 9.56 (m, 1 H), 8.57 - 8.38 (m, 4H), 8.00 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (s, 1 H), 7.71 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.05 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.69 - 4.60 (m, 4H), 4.43 - 4.35 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 2H), 1.42 - 1.36 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 462 [M(79Br)+], 464 [M(8 Br)+] Rt = 1.09 min, UV purity = 99%.
Example 26 - Synthesis of 2-{[(3-amino-6-cyanopyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}- 1 ,3-diethyl-6-methoxy-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium formate:
Figure imgf000088_0001
DIPEA (191 μΐ_, 1.10 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-amino-6-cyanopyrazine-2- carboxylic acid, Intermediate 10 (45 mg, 0.27 mmol), 2-(aminomethyl)-1 ,3-diethyl-6- methoxy-1 H-1 ,3-benzodiazol-3-ium iodide, Intermediate 15 (104 mg, 0.288 mmol) and HBTU (135 mg, 0.356 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 ml) was. The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 1.5 h then water (15 ml) was added. The resulting suspension was stirred at RT for 0.5 h then the precipitate was collected by filtration. The solid was washed with water then dried under vacuum. The crude material thus obtained was purified by preparative HPLC. The desired fractions were combined and lyophilised to afford the product as an off-white solid (8 mg, 7%).
1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.79 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.72 (s, 1 H), 8.43 (s, 1 H), 8.34 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (d, J - 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.29 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.04 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.66 - 4.59 (m, 4H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 1.45 - 1.36 (m, 6H).
LC/MS (System C): m/z (ESI+) = 380 [M+]), Rt = 1.80 min, UV purity = 95%. C. BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES
Example 27 - Short circuit current assay to determine ENaC blocker potency in human bronchial epithelial cells
Cell culture
Human bronchial epithelial cells (HBECs) (Lonza, UK) were cultured using a modification of the method described by Coote et al, (2008). Cells were seeded into plastic T-75 flasks and grown in Bronchial Epithelial Cell Growth Medium (BEGM) (Lonza, UK) supplemented with bovine pituitary extract (52 ng/mL), hydrocortisone (0.5 μg/mL), human recombinant Epidermal Growth Factor (0.5 ng/mL), epinephrine (0.5 ng/mL), transferrin (10 ng/mL), insulin (5 ng/mL), retinoic acid (0.1 ng/mL), triiodothyronine (6.5 ng/mL), gentamyein (50 g/mL) and amphotericin-B (50 ng/mL). Medium was changed every 48 hours until cells were 90% confluent. Cells were then passaged and seeded (8.25x105 cells / insert) onto polycarbonate Snapwell™ inserts (Costar, UK) in differentiation media containing 50% DMEM in BGEM with the same supplements as above but without triiodothyronine and a final retinoic acid concentration of 50 nM (all-trans retinoic acid; Sigma-Aldrich, UK). Cells were maintained submerged for the first 7 days in culture after which time they were exposed to an apical air interface for the remainder of the culture period. From the first day of establishment of an ALI, HBEC were fed with a DMEM:HAMS F-12 (1 :1) media containing 2% Ultroser G (Pall BioSepra, France) with gentamyein (50 Mg/mL) and amphotericin B (50 ng/mL). Cells were used for short-circuit current assay between days 14-21 after the establishment of the ALI. At all stages of culture, cells were maintained at 37°C in 5% CO2 in an air incubator.
Short-circuit current (ISC) measurements
Snapwell inserts were mounted in Costar Vertical Diffusion Chambers (Costar, UK) and were bathed with continuously gassed Ringer solution (5% C02 in O2; pH 7.4) maintained at 37°C containing (in mM): 120 NaCI, 25 NaHC03, 3.3 KH2PO4, 0.8 K2HP04, 1.2 CaCI2, 1.2 MgCI2 and 10 glucose. The solution osmolarity was always between 280-300 mOsm/kg H2O for all physiological salt solutions used. Cells were voltage clamped to 0 mV (model EVC4000, WPI). Transepithelial resistance (RT) was measured by applying a 2 mV pulse at 30 s intervals and calculating RT by Ohm's law. Data were recorded using a PowerLab workstation (ADInstruments, UK).
ENaC blocker compounds were added to the apical chamber from a 1000-fold stock solution (prepared in DMSO) to achieve a cumulative concentration response in terms of the inhibition of the basal ISC. At the completion of the concentration response, a supramaximal concentration of amiloride (10 μΜ) was added. The concentration of test compound that induced a 50% inhibition of the total amiloride-sensitive ISC (IC50) was calculated using GraphPad Prism v6.05.
Example 28 - Microsomal stability
Microsomes (rat and human) were obtained from Bioreclamation. Test compound stock solutions in DMSO (10 mM) were diluted with DMSO to 2 mM. Further dilution was completed to achieve a 100 μΜ stock (final concentrations; 91.5% Acetonitrile: 8.5% DMSO). Final test compound concentration in incubation was 1 μΜ (< 0.1 % DMSO). The following probe substrates were used: verapamil, propranolol, metoprolol and phenacetin (rat) at a final incubation concentration of 1 μΜ. Assay buffer - Solution 1 : 17.4 g potassium phosphate dibasic anhydrous (K2HP04, 0.1 M) dissolved in 1 L deionised water. Solution 2: 13.6 g potassium phosphate monobasic anhydrous
(KH2P04, 0.1 M) dissolved in 1 L deionised water. Potassium phosphate solutions 1 and 2 were combined to form a pH 7.42 solution at 37 °C. pH 7.4 with 2 mM magnesium chloride. NADPH (10 mM) - diluted in deionised water. Frozen microsomes were thawed at 37 °C. Microsomes were diluted in assay buffer to achieve a final protein concentration of 0.5 mg/mL and 1 mM NADPH. The following procedure was completed on a Perkin Elmer Janus robotic platform in 96 well format: The microsomal incubation plate was transferred to a heater shaker at 300 rpm and solution heated to 37 °C for 10 min pre- warm. A no co-factor control at 0 and 45 min and one replicates of each test compound was included in every assay. Microsomes were incubated at 37 °C, on a shaker set at 300 rpm throughout the assay. At each timepoint (0, 5, 15, 30, 45 min) 50 μΐ_ of sample was removed from the 96-well and added to 200 μΙ_ of quench solution (acetonitrile containing 0.1 % formic acid and imipramine/labetalol, 200 nM). Samples were diluted 1 :1 with water using the Janus Robot and analysed by LC-MS/MS.
Example 29 - Hepatic stability
Cryopreserved hepatocytes (rat and human) were obtained from Bioreclamation. Test compound stock solutions in DMSO (10 mM) were diluted with DMSO to 4 mM. Further dilution was completed to achieve a 100 μΜ stock (5 μΙ_ of 4 mM in 195 μί. of 50:50 DMSO:hepatocyte buffer). Final test compound concentration in incubation was 1 μΜ. The following probe substrates were used: testosterone and carbamazepine at a final incubation concentration of 1 μΜ. Hepatocyte buffer was prepared (Williams E media containing phenol red and Glutamax™, 15 mM HEPES, warmed to 37 °C, pH7.4 with NaOH). Cells were removed from liquid nitrogen, thawed in a waterbath, decanted into 50 ml_ of pre-warmed Cryopreserved Hepatocyte Recovery Media (LifeTechnologies) and centrifuged. Supernatant fraction was removed, cells were re-suspended in hepatocyte buffer and counted by trypan blue exclusion. Cell viability of >80% was required for all assays. Cells were re-suspended to 1 x 106/mL and 198 μί cell suspension added to each 96-well. 2 μΙ_ of 100 μΜ compound stock solution was added to relevant wells to initiate the incubation. A no cell control and two replicates of each test compound was included in every assay. Cells were incubated at 37 °C, on a shaker set at 300 rpm. At each timepoint (0, 15, 30, 45, 60, 90 min) 20 pL of sample was removed from the 96-well and added to 80 pL of quench solution (acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid and imipramine/labetalol, 200 nM). Samples were diluted 1 :1 with water using the Janus Robot and analysed by LC-MS/MS.The results of Examples 28 to 30 are presented in Table 2.
Table 2
Figure imgf000091_0001
Example Averages. Averages. Averages. Averages. Averages. No. ENaC Ic50 μηι Mic Half Life Mic Half Life Hep Half Life Hep Half Life
Avg Human Rat (mins) Human Rat (mins)
(mins) (mins)
14 0.003 138 11 205 28
15 0.002 138 11 154 14
16 0.014
17 0.003 135 29 101 32
18 0.004 >138 61 137 46
19 0.004 240 17
20 0.001 >138 61 70 20
21 0.001 92 77 66 25
22 0.002 >138 >138 67 90
23 0.002 >138 >138 72 124
24 0.002 59 37 73 42
25 0.002 >138 >138 >240 59
26 0.008 >138 <3 232 23
REFERENCES
App EM, King M, Helfesrieder R, Kohler D and Matthys H. Acute and long-term amiloride inhalation in cystic fibrosis lung disease. A rational approach to cystic fibrosis therapy. Am Rev Respir Dis., 1990, 141 (3):605-12.
Botero-Velez M, Curtis JJ and Warnock DG. Brief report: Liddle's syndrome revisited-a disorder of sodium reabsorption in the distal tubule. N Engl J Med., 1994, 330(3): 178-81.
Boucher RC. Evidence for airway surface dehydration as the initiating event in CF airway disease. J Intern Med., 2007, 261 (1):5-16. Bowler IM, Kelman B, Worthington D, Littlewood JM, Watson A, Conway SP, Smye SW, James SL and Sheldon TA. Nebulised amiloride in respiratory exacerbations of cystic fibrosis: a randomised controlled trial. Arch Dis Child., 1995, 73(5):427-30.
Chang SS, Grunder S, Hanukoglu A, Rosier A, Mathew PM, Hanukoglu I, Schild L, Lu Y, Shimkets RA, Nelson-Williams C, Rossier BC and Lifton RP. Mutations in subunits of the epithelial sodium channel cause salt wasting with hyperkalaemic acidosis, pseudohypoaldosteronism type 1. Nat Genet., 1996, 12(3):248-53.
Fajac I, Hubert D, Guillemot D, Honore I, Bienvenu T, Volter F, Dall'Ava-Santucci J and Dusser DJ. Nasal airway ion transport is linked to the cystic fibrosis phenotype in adult patients. Thorax, 2004, 59(11 ):971 -6.
Frateschi S, Charles R-P, Hummler E. The Epithelial Sodium Channel ENaC and its Regulators in the Epidermal Permeability Barrier Function. The Open Dermatology Journal, 2010, 4: 27-35.
Graham A, Hasani A, Alton EW, Martin GP, Marriott C, Hodson ME, Clarke SW and Geddes DM. No added benefit from nebulized amiloride in patients with cystic fibrosis. Eur Respir J., 1993, 6(9):1243-8.
Kellenberger S and Schild L. Epithelial sodium channel/degenerin family of ion channels: a variety of functions for a shared structure. Physiol Rev., 2002 82(3):735-67.
Kerem E, Bistritzer T, Hanukoglu A, Hofmann T, Zhou Z, Bennett W, MacLaughlin E, Barker P, Nash M, Quittell L, Boucher R and Knowles MR. Pulmonary epithelial sodium- channel dysfunction and excess airway liquid in pseudohypoaldosteronism. N Engl J Med., 1999, 341 (3): 156-62.
Knowles MR, Stutts MJ, Spock A, Fischer N, Gatzy JT and Boucher RC. Abnormal ion permeation through cystic fibrosis respiratory epithelium. Science, 1983, 221 (4615): 1067- 70.
Knowles MR, Church NL, Waltner WE, Yankaskas JR, Gilligan P, King M, Edwards LJ, Helms RW and Boucher RC. A pilot study of aerosolized amiloride for the treatment of lung disease in cystic fibrosis. N Engl J Med., 1990, 322(17): 1189-94.
Leal T, Fajac I, Wallace HL, Lebecque P, Lebacq J, Hubert D, Dall'Ava J, Dusser D, Ganesan AP, Knoop C, Cumps J, Wallemacq P and Southern KW. Airway ion transport impacts on disease presentation and severity in cystic fibrosis. Clin Biochem., 2008, 41 (10-11):764-72. Matsui H, Grubb BR, Tarran R, Randell SH, Gatzy JT, Davis CW and Boucher RC. Evidence for periciliary liquid layer depletion, not abnormal ion composition, in the pathogenesis of cystic fibrosis airways disease. Cell, 1998, 95(7): 1005-15.
Middleton PG, Geddes DM and Alton EW. Effect of amiloride and saline on nasal mucociliary clearance and potential difference in cystic fibrosis and normal subjects. Thorax, 1993, 48(8):812-6.
Noone PG, Regnis JA, Liu X, Brouwer KL, Robinson M, Edwards L and Knowles MR. Airway deposition and clearance and systemic pharmacokinetics of amiloride following aerosolization with an ultrasonic nebulizer to normal airways. Chest, 1997, 112(5): 1283- 90.
Perazella MA. Drug-induced hyperkalemia: old culprits and new offenders. Am J Med., 2000, 109(4):307-14.
Pons G, Marchand MC, d'Athis P, Sauvage E, Foucard C, Chaumet-Riffaud P, Sautegeau A, Navarro J and Lenoir G. French multicenter randomized double-blind placebo- controlled trial on nebulized amiloride in cystic fibrosis patients. The Amiloride-AFLM Collaborative Study Group. Pediatr Pulmonol., 2000, 30(1):25-31.
Thelin WR, Johnson MR, Hirsh AJ, Kublin CL, Zoukhri D. Effect of Topically Applied Epithelial Sodium Channel Inhibitors on Tear Production in Normal Mice and in Mice with Induced Aqueous Tear Deficiency. J Ocul Pharmacol. Ther. 2012, 28(4): 433-438.

Claims

1. A compound of general formula (I) including all tautomeric forms, all enantiomers and isotopic variants thereof:
Figure imgf000095_0001
(I)
wherein:
X" is an anion;
R1 is:
i. H, halo; or
ii. Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -0(Ci-e alkyl), -0(C2-6 alkenyl) or -0(C2-6 alkynyl) any of which is optionally substituted by one or more halo substituents; or in -L1 R11 , -O-U R11 , -OR5 , -S02R5, -C(0)OR5, -C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6;
L is Ci-6 alkylene, C2 β alkenylene or C2-6 alkynylene;
R11 is H, -NR7R8, -NR7-C(=NR9)N(R8)2, -NR7-C(0)0-R8, -NR7-C(0)-(Ci-3 alkylene)-
N+(R8)3 or -N+(R8)3;
each R7, R8 and R9 is independently selected from H or Ci-4 alkyl;
each R5 and R6 is independently H, Ci-e alkyl, C2.e alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl or C3-8 heterocyclyl, any of which is optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from halo, OR7, C(0)OR7, -NR7R8, C(0)NR7R8 or, in the case of cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups, oxo; or iv. -L2-R12 wherein
L2 is:
a bond;
-Z12-, -aryl-, -heteroaryl-, -carbocyclyl-, -heterocyclyl-,
-Ze-carbocyclyl-, -Z6-heterocyclyl-, -Z6-aryl-, -Z6-heteroaryl-;
-carbocyclyl-Ze-, -heterocyclyl-Z6-, -aryl-Z6-, -heteroaryl-Z6-;
-Z6-N R7-Z6-;
-OZ12-, -O-aryl-, -O-heteroaryl-, -O-carbocyclyl-, -O-heterocyclyl-,
-OZe-carbocyclyl-, -OZ6-heterocyclyl-, -OZ6-aryl-, -OZ6-heteroaryl-;
-O-carbocyclyl-Ze-, -0-heterocyclyl-Z6-, -0-aryl-Z6-, -0-heteroaryl-Z6-; -OZ6-NR7-Z6-,
-C(0)Zi2-, -C(0)-carbocyclyl-, -C(0)-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(O)- heterocyclyl-Ze-, -C(0)-Z6-carbocyclyl-, C(0)-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-Z6- carbocyclyl-Ze-, C(0)-Z6-heterocyclyl-Z6-,
-C(0)NR7-, -C(0)NR7-Zi2-, -C(0)NR7-carbocyclyl-, C(0)NR7-heterocyclyl-, C(0)NR7-aryl-, C(0)NR7-heteroaryl-, -C(0)NR7-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(0)NH- heterocyclyl-Z6-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-carbocyclyl-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)NR7- Ze-carbocyclyl-Ze-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-Z6-;
-Z6-C(0)NR7-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-aryl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-heteroaryl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7- carbocyclyl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-heterocyclyl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-aryl-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)NR7- heteroaryl-Ze-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-carbocyclyl-Z6- or -Z6-C(0)NR7-heterocyclyl-Z6-; -C(0)Zi2-, -C(0)-carbocyclyl-, -C(0)-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-carbocyclyl-Z6-, -C(O)- heterocyclyl-Ze-, -C(0)-Z6-carbocyclyl-, C(0)-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-Z6- carbocyclyl-Ze-, C(0)-Z6-heterocyclyl-Z6-,
-C(=N)NR7-Zi2-, -C(=N)NR7-carbocyclyl-, C(=N)NR7-heterocyclyl-, -C(=N)NR7- carbocyclyl-Ze-, -C(=N)NH-heterocyclyl-Z6-, -C(=N)NR7-Z6-carbocyclyl-, C(=N)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(=N)NR7-Z6-carbocyclyl-Z6- -C(=N)NR7-Z6- heterocyclyl-Ze-;
wherein Z12 is C1-12 alkylene, C2-12 alkenylene or C2-12 alkynylene;
Ze is C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene or C2-6 alkynylene and alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene groups are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from NR8R9, C(0)NR8R9, OH or halo, wherein R7, R8 and R9 are as defined above;
R12 is -NR14R15 or -G-R14;
each of R14 and R15 is independently C1-8 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more OH groups; and G is a 5- to 10-membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more OH groups and containing at least one nitrogen atom which is connected by a covalent bond to the group R14; v. -L3-R13, wherein
L3 comprises one or two cyclic groups directly linked to one another wherein each cyclic group is selected from aryl, heteroaryl, carbocyclyl and heterocyclyl, wherein cycloalkyi and heterocyclyl groups may have one or more oxo substituents; and
R 3 is H, -OR5 -SO2R5, -C(0)OR5,-C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6; wherein R5, R6 and R7 are as defined above; R2 is C1-10 atkyl, wherein one or more -CH2- groups is optionally replaced by -O- and which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, aryl, heteroaryl, -OR7 and -NR7R8, wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above; R3 is H, halo, cyano, C1-3 alkyl, C1.3 haloalkyl, or -S(Ci-3 alkyl);
R10 is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, -OR7 and -NR7R8, wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above; provided that
when R2 is ethyl; R3 is chloro and R10 is ethyl:
R1 is not C(0)NR5R6, wherein at least one of R5 and R6 is Ci-6 alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from OH and NR7R8, where R7 and R8 are each independently H or methyl; and
R1 is not L2R12 where L2 is C(0)heterocyclyl and R12 is N(CH3)2.
2. A compound according to claim 1 , which is a compound of general formula (IC):
Figure imgf000097_0001
(IC)
wherein R1 , R2, R3, R10 and X" are as defined for general formula (I); or a compound of general formula (ID):
Figure imgf000097_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3, R10 and X" are as defined for general formula (I).
3. A compound according to claim 1 or claim 2 wherein R1 is:
H, halo; or Cm alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -0(Ci-6 alkyl), -0(C2-6 alkenyl) or -0(C2-e alkynyl), any of which is optionally substituted by one or more halo substituents.
4. A compound according to claim 3, wherein R1 is H, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy or trifluoromethoxy. 5. A compound according to claim 1 or claim 2 wherein R1 is -L1R11, -0-L1R11, -OR5 - S02R5, -C(0)OR5, -C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6; wherein L\ R11, R5, R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1.
6. A compound according to claim 5 wherein L1 is C1-6 alkylene, more suitably C1-4 alkylene.
7. A compound according to claim 5 or claim 6 wherein R1 is -L1 R11 and L1 is -(CH2)n- where n is 1 to 6; or
wherein R1 is -O-U-R11, L1 is -(CH2)m-, where m is 1 to 5.
8. A compound according to any one of claims 5 to 7 wherein R11 is H, -NR7R8, -NR7- C(=NR9)N(R8)2, -NR7-C(0)0-R8, -NR7-C(0)-(Ci-3 alkylene)-N+(R8)3 or -N+(R8)3 where each R7, R8 and R9 is selected from H and C1-4 alkyl. 9. A compound according to claim 8 wherein R11 is -NH2, -NH-C(=NH)NH2, -NH- C(0)0-C(CH3)3, -NH-C(0)-CH2-N+(CH3)3 and -N+(CH3)3.
10. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein
R1 is -OR5, -C(0)OR5,-C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6, and R5 and R6 are selected from H and C1-6 alkyl; or
R1 is -S02R5 and R5 is Ci-6 alkyl; or
R1 is -OR5, -C(0)OR5,-C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6 or -S02R5; R6 (when present) is H and R5 is a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an oxo.
11. A compound according to claim 10 wherein R1 is -OCH3, -OCF3, -C(0)OCH3, - C(0)OH, -NH-C(0)0-C(CH3)3, -C(=NH)NH2, -S02-CH3, -C(0)N(CH3)2 or:
Figure imgf000099_0001
12. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein R1 is -L2-R12 wherein L2 and R 2 are as defined in claim 1 and wherein, in the linker group L2 independently or in any combination:
R7 (when present) is H;
heterocyclyl groups are piperidinyl groups;
the heteroaryl group is:
Figure imgf000099_0002
where a is the link to the remainder of the molecule and b is the link to R 2;
Zi2 and Z6 groups are optionally substituted with -IMH2, - (CH3)2, -C(0)NH2, -
C(0)N(CH3)2, OH and halo.
13. A compound according to claim 12 wherein L2 is:
a bond;
-Z12-, -aryl-, -heteroaryl-, -carbocyclyl-, -heterocyclyl-,
-Z6-carbocyclyl-, -Ze-heterocyclyl-, -Z6-aryl-, -Z6-heteroaryl-;
-carbocyclyl-Ze-, -heterocyclyl-Z6-, -aryl-Z6-, -heteroaryl-Z6-;
-Z6-NR7-Z6-;
-OZ12-, -O-aryl-, -O-heteroaryl-, -O-carbocyclyh -O-heterocyclyl-,
-OZe-carbocyclyl-, -OZ6-heterocyclyl-, -OZ6-aryl-, -OZ6-heteroaryl-;
-O-carbocyclyl-Ze-, -0-heterocyclyl-Z6-, -Ο-aryl-Ze-, -0-heteroaryl-Z6-;
-OZ6-NR7-Z6-,
-C(0)-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)-heterocyclyl-Z6-,
-C(0)NR7-, -C(0)NR7-Zi2-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-carbocyclyl-
Ζβ-, -C(0)NR7-Z6-heterocyclyl-Z6-;
-Z6-C(0)NR7-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-aryl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-heteroaryl-, -Z6-C(0)NR7- -Z6- C(0)NR7-aryl-Z6-, -Z6-C(0)NR7-heteroaryl-Z6-;
wherein Z12 and Ze groups are optionally substituted as described above.
14. A compound according to claim 13, wherein L2 is: A bond
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000100_0002
Figure imgf000100_0003
15. A compound according to any one of claims 12 to 14 wherein R12 is -NR14R15 or - G-R14; wherein, independently or in combination:
G is piperidinyl, for example:
Figure imgf000100_0004
where the piperidinyl group is joined to L2 at a;
each of R14 and R15 is independently C4-8 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more OH groups.
16. A compound according to claim 15 wherein R14 and optionally R 5 is:
C4 alkyl having three OH substituents; or
C5 alkyl having four OH substituents; or
C6 alkyl having five OH substituents; or
C7 alkyl having six OH substituents; or C8 alkyl having seven OH substituents.
17. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein R1 is -L3-R13, wherein R13 is as defined in claim 1 and L3 comprises a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group optionally linked to an aryl or heteroaryl group wherein both the carbocyclic or heterocyclic group and the aryl or heteroaryl group are 5- or 6-membered rings.
18. A compound according to claim 17 wherein L3 is piperidine or piperazine and wherein the R13 group is attached to the nitrogen at the 1 -position and the piperidine or piperazine ring is linked via the 4-position to the remainder of the molecule or (when present) to the aryl group which comprises the remainder of the L3 linker.
19. A compound according to claim 18 wherein L3 is one of:
Figure imgf000101_0001
wherein a is the link to the remainder of the molecule and b is the link to R13.
20. A compound according to any one of claims 17 to 19 wherein R13 is H, -OR5 - S02R5, -C(0)OR5,-C(0)NR5R6 or -C(=NR7)NR5R6; wherein R5, R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1.
21 . A compound according to claim 20 wherein R13 is -OCH3, -OCF3, -C(0)OCH3, - -NH-C(0)0-C(CH3)3, -C(=NH)NH2, -S02-CH3, -C(0)N(CH3)2 or:
Figure imgf000101_0002
22. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 21 wherein R2 is -(CH2)SCH3 or (CH2CH20)t-H, either of which is optionally substituted as defined in claim 1 ; and wherein s is 0-9, more suitably 0-6; and t is 1-3, especially 2 or 3.
23. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 22 wherein R3 is halo, cyano or methyl, ethyl, thiomethyl or thioethyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more halo substituents. 24. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23 wherein R10 is H or Ci-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halo, -OR6 and -NR6R7, wherein R6 and R7 are as defined in claim 1.
A compound according to claim 1 selected from:
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
102
Figure imgf000104_0001
103
Figure imgf000105_0001
104
Figure imgf000106_0001
or alternative salts of these compounds, wherein the anion is replaced by an alternative anion X" as defined in claim 1.
26. A process for the preparation of a compound of general formula (I) as defined in claim 1 , the process comprising reacting a compound of general formula (II) or a salt thereof:
Figure imgf000107_0001
(II)
wherein R3 is as defined in claim 1 ; with a salt of general formula III):
Figure imgf000107_0002
(III)
wherein R1, R2, Q1, Q2 and X" are as defined in claim 1 ;
in the presence of a coupling reagent.
27. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 25 for use in medicine.
28. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 25 for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions, skin conditions or ocular conditions.
29. The use of compound according to any one of claims 1 to 25 in the preparation of an agent for the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions, skin conditions or ocular conditions
30. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of respiratory diseases and conditions, skin conditions or ocular conditions, the method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 25. 31. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 25 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
32. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 31 formulated for oral, nasal, bronchial (inhaled) or topical administration.
33. A process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 31 or 32, the process comprising bringing into association a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 25 with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
PCT/GB2017/051815 2016-06-21 2017-06-21 Compounds WO2017221008A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/312,158 US10759785B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2017-06-21 Compounds
EP17734416.5A EP3472154B1 (en) 2016-06-21 2017-06-21 Compounds
JP2019520504A JP7012078B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2017-06-21 Compound

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB1610854.0 2016-06-21
GBGB1610854.0A GB201610854D0 (en) 2016-06-21 2016-06-21 Compounds

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017221008A1 true WO2017221008A1 (en) 2017-12-28

Family

ID=56895059

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2017/051815 WO2017221008A1 (en) 2016-06-21 2017-06-21 Compounds

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US10759785B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3472154B1 (en)
JP (1) JP7012078B2 (en)
GB (1) GB201610854D0 (en)
WO (1) WO2017221008A1 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018096325A1 (en) * 2016-11-22 2018-05-31 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Benzodiazolium compounds as enac inhibitors
WO2019220147A1 (en) 2018-05-18 2019-11-21 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Compounds
WO2020249957A1 (en) 2019-06-12 2020-12-17 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Compounds for treating respiratory disease
WO2020249956A1 (en) 2019-06-12 2020-12-17 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Modulators of tmem16a for treating respiratory disease
WO2021085582A1 (en) 2019-10-31 2021-05-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Pyrazine derivative or salt thereof, and use of same
WO2022025174A1 (en) 2020-07-30 2022-02-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or salt thereof, use thereof, and intermediate thereof
WO2022123314A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-16 Tmem16A Limited Benzimidazole derivatives for treating respiratory disease
US11370778B2 (en) 2017-10-17 2022-06-28 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Bis(pentahydroxyhexyl)amino substituted 2-{[(3-amino-pyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium derivatives as ENaC inhibitors for treating respiratory diseases
CN114929683A (en) * 2019-07-24 2022-08-19 跨膜蛋白16A有限公司 Pyridine derivatives as calcium-activated chloride channel modulators
WO2022159028A3 (en) * 2021-01-25 2022-09-29 Phamri Norden Ab Method of treating a skin disorder by administering an amiloride derivative

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005034847A2 (en) * 2003-08-20 2005-04-21 Parion Sciences, Inc. Methods of reducing risk of infection from pathogens
WO2011079087A1 (en) * 2009-12-23 2011-06-30 Glaxo Group Limited Enac blockers
WO2015007516A1 (en) * 2013-07-15 2015-01-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel 5-substituted benzimidazolium compounds
WO2017028926A1 (en) * 2015-08-20 2017-02-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel annelated benzamides
WO2017028927A1 (en) * 2015-08-20 2017-02-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel annelated phenoxyacetamides

Family Cites Families (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6858615B2 (en) 2002-02-19 2005-02-22 Parion Sciences, Inc. Phenyl guanidine sodium channel blockers
US6858614B2 (en) 2002-02-19 2005-02-22 Parion Sciences, Inc. Phenolic guanidine sodium channel blockers
US6903105B2 (en) 2003-02-19 2005-06-07 Parion Sciences, Inc. Sodium channel blockers
US7375107B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2008-05-20 Parion Sciences, Inc. Alaphatic pyrazinoylguanidine sodium channel blockers
CA2534569A1 (en) 2003-08-18 2005-02-24 Parion Sciences, Inc. Cyclic pyrazinoylguanidine sodium channel blockers
EP1663235B1 (en) 2003-08-18 2013-07-24 Parion Sciences, Inc. Capped pyrazinoylguanidine sodium channel blockers
US7745442B2 (en) 2003-08-20 2010-06-29 Parion Sciences, Inc. Methods of reducing risk of infection from pathogens
US7399766B2 (en) 2004-08-18 2008-07-15 Parion Sciences, Inc. Soluble amide & ester pyrazinoylguanidine sodium channel blockers
US7807834B2 (en) 2005-08-03 2010-10-05 Parion Sciences, Inc. Capped pyrazinoylguanidine sodium channel blockers
GB0526244D0 (en) 2005-12-22 2006-02-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0526240D0 (en) 2005-12-22 2006-02-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
AU2006346492A1 (en) 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 International Stem Cell Corporation Synthetic cornea from retinal stem cells
WO2008124491A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2008-10-16 Parion Sciences, Inc. Pyrazinoylguanidine compounds for use taste modulators
PE20090733A1 (en) 2007-05-07 2009-07-17 Novartis Ag PIRAZINE DERIVATIVES AS BLOCKERS OF EPITHELIAL SODIUM CHANNELS
KR101578235B1 (en) 2007-12-10 2015-12-16 노파르티스 아게 Oarganic compounds
CN101951913A (en) 2008-02-26 2011-01-19 帕里昂科学公司 Poly aromatic sodium channel blockers
KR20110011621A (en) 2008-05-13 2011-02-08 노파르티스 아게 3,5-diamino-6-chloro-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid derivatives and their use as epithelial sodium channel blockers for the treatment of airway diseases
KR20110040818A (en) 2008-06-10 2011-04-20 노파르티스 아게 Pyrazine derivatives as epithelial sodium channel blockers
WO2011028740A1 (en) 2009-09-03 2011-03-10 Glaxo Group Limited ENaC BLOCKERS
US8247436B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2012-08-21 Novartis Ag Pyridine and pyrazine derivative for the treatment of CF
US8372845B2 (en) 2010-09-17 2013-02-12 Novartis Ag Pyrazine derivatives as enac blockers
AR086745A1 (en) 2011-06-27 2014-01-22 Parion Sciences Inc 3,5-DIAMINO-6-CHLORINE-N- (N- (4- (4- (2- (HEXIL (2,3,4,5,6-PENTAHYDROXIHEXIL)) AMINO) ETOXI) PHENYL) BUTIL) CARBAMIMIDOIL) PIRAZINA -2-CARBOXAMIDE
EP2773633B1 (en) 2011-11-02 2017-08-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Heterocyclic compounds, medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof and processes for the preparation thereof
US8859559B2 (en) 2011-12-20 2014-10-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted pyrazines and their use in the treatment of disease
AU2013267504B2 (en) 2012-05-29 2017-11-02 Parion Sciences, Inc. Dendrimer like amino amides possessing sodium channel blocker activity for the treatment of dry eye and other mucosal diseases
WO2014044849A1 (en) 2012-09-24 2014-03-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heterocyclic compounds, medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof and processes for the preparation thereof
ES2674665T3 (en) 2012-12-17 2018-07-03 Parion Sciences, Inc. 3,5-Diamino-6-Chloro-N- (N- (4-phenylbutyl) carbamimidoyl) -pyrazine-2-carboxamide compounds
BR112015014178A2 (en) 2012-12-17 2017-07-11 Parion Sciences Inc 3,5-diamino-6-chloro-n- (n- (4-phenylbutyl) carbamimidoyl) pyrazine-2-carboxamide compounds
PT2931713T (en) 2012-12-17 2017-02-22 Parion Sciences Inc Chloro-pyrazine carboxamide derivatives useful for the treatment of diseases favoured by insufficient mucosal hydration
EP2991981B1 (en) 2013-04-30 2017-03-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Diaminopyrazine compounds, medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof and processes for the preparation thereof
JP2016525508A (en) 2013-07-02 2016-08-25 ザ カリフォルニア インスティテュート フォー バイオメディカル リサーチ Compounds for the treatment of cystic fibrosis
JP6449870B2 (en) 2013-07-08 2019-01-09 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Amiloride-type compounds as inhibitors of epithelial sodium channels for treating lung and airway diseases
JP6461134B2 (en) 2013-07-15 2019-01-30 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング New benzimidazolium compounds
EP3022197B1 (en) 2013-07-15 2017-09-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Novel tetra- and pentasubstituted benzimidazolium compounds
WO2015018754A1 (en) 2013-08-08 2015-02-12 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel pyrazine amide compounds
WO2016113167A1 (en) 2015-01-12 2016-07-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted benzimidazolium compounds useful in the treatment of respiratory diseases
GB201619694D0 (en) 2016-11-22 2017-01-04 Entpr Therapeutics Ltd Compounds

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005034847A2 (en) * 2003-08-20 2005-04-21 Parion Sciences, Inc. Methods of reducing risk of infection from pathogens
WO2011079087A1 (en) * 2009-12-23 2011-06-30 Glaxo Group Limited Enac blockers
WO2015007516A1 (en) * 2013-07-15 2015-01-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel 5-substituted benzimidazolium compounds
WO2017028926A1 (en) * 2015-08-20 2017-02-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel annelated benzamides
WO2017028927A1 (en) * 2015-08-20 2017-02-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel annelated phenoxyacetamides

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018096325A1 (en) * 2016-11-22 2018-05-31 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Benzodiazolium compounds as enac inhibitors
US10941149B2 (en) 2016-11-22 2021-03-09 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Substituted benzodiazoliums as ENaC inhibitors
AU2017364308B2 (en) * 2016-11-22 2021-03-11 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Benzodiazolium compounds as ENaC inhibitors
US11739094B2 (en) 2016-11-22 2023-08-29 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Substituted benzodiazoliums as ENaC inhibitors
EA039607B1 (en) * 2016-11-22 2022-02-16 Энтерпрайз Терапьютикс Лимитед BENZODIAZOLIUM COMPOUNDS AS ENaC INHIBITORS
US11370778B2 (en) 2017-10-17 2022-06-28 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Bis(pentahydroxyhexyl)amino substituted 2-{[(3-amino-pyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1H-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium derivatives as ENaC inhibitors for treating respiratory diseases
WO2019220147A1 (en) 2018-05-18 2019-11-21 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Compounds
US12037336B2 (en) 2018-05-18 2024-07-16 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Compounds with activity as inhibitors of the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC)
JP2021524453A (en) * 2018-05-18 2021-09-13 エンタープライズ セラピューティクス リミテッド Compound
JP7333793B2 (en) 2018-05-18 2023-08-25 エンタープライズ セラピューティクス リミテッド Compound
WO2020249957A1 (en) 2019-06-12 2020-12-17 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Compounds for treating respiratory disease
WO2020249956A1 (en) 2019-06-12 2020-12-17 Enterprise Therapeutics Limited Modulators of tmem16a for treating respiratory disease
CN114929683A (en) * 2019-07-24 2022-08-19 跨膜蛋白16A有限公司 Pyridine derivatives as calcium-activated chloride channel modulators
WO2021085582A1 (en) 2019-10-31 2021-05-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Pyrazine derivative or salt thereof, and use of same
WO2022025174A1 (en) 2020-07-30 2022-02-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound or salt thereof, use thereof, and intermediate thereof
WO2022123314A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-16 Tmem16A Limited Benzimidazole derivatives for treating respiratory disease
WO2022159028A3 (en) * 2021-01-25 2022-09-29 Phamri Norden Ab Method of treating a skin disorder by administering an amiloride derivative

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
GB201610854D0 (en) 2016-08-03
US20190233402A1 (en) 2019-08-01
JP2019519616A (en) 2019-07-11
US10759785B2 (en) 2020-09-01
EP3472154A1 (en) 2019-04-24
JP7012078B2 (en) 2022-02-10
EP3472154B1 (en) 2020-08-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3472154B1 (en) Compounds
AU2017364308B2 (en) Benzodiazolium compounds as ENaC inhibitors
EP3022198B1 (en) Novel 5-substituted benzimidazolium compounds
JP6461133B2 (en) Novel 4-substituted and 5-substituted benzimidazolium compounds
EP3794002B1 (en) Compounds
JP6461134B2 (en) New benzimidazolium compounds
EP3697788B1 (en) Bis(pentahydroxyhexyl)amino substituted 2-{[(3-amino-pyrazin-2-yl)formamido]methyl}-1h-1,3-benzodiazol-3-ium derivatives as enac inhibitors for treating respiratory diseases
WO2017028927A1 (en) Novel annelated phenoxyacetamides
EP3245200A1 (en) 2-(pyrazin-2-ylcarbonylaminomethyl)benzimidazolium compounds as epithelial sodium channel inhibitors
EP3245202A1 (en) Tetra- and pentasubstituted benzimidazolium compounds useful in the treatment of respiratory diseases
EP3245201A1 (en) Substituted benzimidazolium compounds useful in the treatment of respiratory diseases

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17734416

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019520504

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017734416

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190121